[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2019017343A1 - Motion assisting device - Google Patents

Motion assisting device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2019017343A1
WO2019017343A1 PCT/JP2018/026744 JP2018026744W WO2019017343A1 WO 2019017343 A1 WO2019017343 A1 WO 2019017343A1 JP 2018026744 W JP2018026744 W JP 2018026744W WO 2019017343 A1 WO2019017343 A1 WO 2019017343A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
thigh
drive link
waist
joint
leg
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Ceased
Application number
PCT/JP2018/026744
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
昇 川口
平野 正樹
正樹 春名
光史 廣瀬
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Mitsubishi Electric Corp
Original Assignee
Mitsubishi Electric Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Mitsubishi Electric Corp filed Critical Mitsubishi Electric Corp
Priority to JP2019531040A priority Critical patent/JP6798618B2/en
Publication of WO2019017343A1 publication Critical patent/WO2019017343A1/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Ceased legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F2/00Filters implantable into blood vessels; Prostheses, i.e. artificial substitutes or replacements for parts of the body; Appliances for connecting them with the body; Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
    • A61F2/50Prostheses not implantable in the body
    • A61F2/68Operating or control means
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B25HAND TOOLS; PORTABLE POWER-DRIVEN TOOLS; MANIPULATORS
    • B25JMANIPULATORS; CHAMBERS PROVIDED WITH MANIPULATION DEVICES
    • B25J11/00Manipulators not otherwise provided for

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a motion assisting device worn by a person who performs heavy work to reduce the burden on the person.
  • a powered assist suit has been developed which is worn by a person and generates a force which increases the force exerted by the person in accordance with the movement of the person.
  • Powered Assist Suits are used to reduce the load on people who work heavily, such as handling heavy loads and taking the same posture for a long time.
  • mobile suits have been developed that handle heavy objects with only the power of the suit at the direction of a person.
  • Patent Document 1 A powered assist suit that can walk while holding a heavy object has been developed (e.g., Patent Document 1, Non-patent Document 1). There has been developed a mobile suit in which an arm for holding a heavy load is supported from the back and the back (Patent Document 2).
  • a sensor detects human movement, performs complicated calculations to calculate the torque generated by each actuator, and generates the calculated torque at each actuator. By doing so, bipedal walking is possible. Therefore, in the conventional powered assist suit, it was difficult to develop a program for walking on two legs.
  • the present invention has been made to solve the above-mentioned problems, and it is an object of the present invention to provide a motion assisting device which is easier to develop a program for walking on two legs than in the prior art.
  • the motion assistance device includes an object holding unit that holds an object, an upper body unit that supports a load from the object holding unit, and a waist reference surface, and around an upper body rotation axis parallel to the waist reference surface.
  • a waist portion rotatably connected to the upper body portion and supporting a load from the upper body portion, and a wearer operation transmission portion moving the waist portion according to the movement of the trunk of the wearer.
  • a thigh opening and closing leg connected rotatably to the left and right of the waist around the opening and closing leg axis intersecting the waist reference surface, a thigh connected to one end to the thigh opening and closing leg, a thigh and a thigh opening and closing One end is rotatably connected to the thigh opening and closing leg at a position different from the hip joint, and the hip joint connecting one end of the thigh to the thigh opening and closing leg so that the angle between the leg and the leg can be changed Change the angle formed by the thigh drive link whose length can be changed rotatably connected to the femur part, the lower leg connected to the other end of the femoral part, and the lower leg and the femoral part A knee joint that allows one end of the lower leg to be connected to the femur at one end, and a length that is rotatably connected at one end to the femoral or the thigh opening / closing leg and the other end to be connected rotat
  • FIG. 2 is a perspective view of the mobile suit according to the first embodiment as viewed from the rear. It is the perspective view seen from the front in the state where a person wore the mobile suit concerning Embodiment 1. FIG. It is the perspective view seen from the back in the state where a person wore the mobile suit concerning Embodiment 1.
  • FIG. 1 is a front view of a mobile suit according to a first embodiment.
  • FIG. 2 is a right side view of the mobile suit according to the first embodiment.
  • FIG. 1 is a plan view of a mobile suit according to a first embodiment.
  • FIG. 2 is a bottom view of the mobile suit according to the first embodiment.
  • FIG. 2 is a right side view from above the waist of the mobile suit according to the first embodiment.
  • FIG. 2 is a perspective view of the mobile suit according to the first embodiment, viewed from the rear and above from the waist.
  • FIG. 2 is a perspective view of the mobile suit according to the first embodiment as viewed from the front on the waist.
  • FIG. 2 is a front view below the waist of the mobile suit according to the first embodiment.
  • FIG. 2 is a right side view from below the waist of the mobile suit according to the first embodiment.
  • FIG. 2 is a perspective view of the mobile suit according to the first embodiment as viewed from the lower front of the waist.
  • FIG. 5 is an enlarged right side view showing an arm portion of the mobile suit according to the first embodiment.
  • FIG. 5 is a cross-sectional view for explaining the structure of a variable-length link that the actuator used in the mobile suit according to the first embodiment has.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic view for explaining a link arrangement for moving the femur and the knee joint at the left leg of the mobile suit according to the first embodiment. It is a figure explaining the effect of comprising the lower thigh part of the mobile suit which concerns on Embodiment 1 by two gas springs.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic view illustrating a link arrangement for changing the position and the direction of the arm of the mobile suit according to the first embodiment.
  • 5 is a front view of the left hand portion of the mobile suit according to Embodiment 1.
  • FIG. FIG. 5 is a back view of the left hand portion of the mobile suit according to the first embodiment.
  • FIG. 6 is a left side view of a state in which a person wears the mobile suit according to the first embodiment and the left foot is raised.
  • FIG. 5 is a front view of the mobile suit in a state where a person wears the mobile suit according to the first embodiment and the left foot is raised.
  • FIG. 7 is a left side view of the mobile suit in a state where a person wears the mobile suit according to the first embodiment and the left foot is raised.
  • FIG. 6 is a plan view of the mobile suit in a state where a person wears the mobile suit according to the first embodiment and the left foot is raised.
  • FIG. 6 is a bottom view of the mobile suit in a state where a person wears the mobile suit according to the first embodiment and the left foot is raised. It is a figure which compares the front view of the mobile suit in the state which people wore the mobile suit which concerns on Embodiment 1, and which landed both feet, and the state which raised the left leg. It is a figure which compares the bottom view of a mobile suit in the state where a person wears the mobile suit concerning Embodiment 1, and lands both feet, and the state which raised the left foot. It is the perspective view seen from the front of the mobile suit which concerns on Embodiment 2 of this invention. It is the perspective view seen from the front in the state where a person wore the mobile suit concerning Embodiment 2.
  • FIG. 7 is a front view of a mobile suit according to a second embodiment.
  • 10 is a right side view of the mobile suit according to Embodiment 2.
  • FIG. It is the right view which expanded the waist part vicinity in the state where a person wore the mobile suit concerning Embodiment 3 of this invention.
  • It is the rear view which expanded the waist part vicinity in the state where the person wore the mobile suit concerning Embodiment 3.
  • FIG. It is a front view in the state where a person wore the mobile suit concerning Embodiment 4 of this invention.
  • It is a right view in the state where a person wore the mobile suit concerning Embodiment 4.
  • FIG. FIG. 21 is a plan view of a mobile suit according to a fourth embodiment in a state where a person wears it.
  • FIG. 5 It is a right view explaining the structure of the thigh drive mechanism using the compressed gas which the mobile suit which concerns on Embodiment 5 of this invention uses. It is a figure explaining the operation
  • FIG. 21 is a perspective view of a mobile suit according to a seventh embodiment as viewed from the rear.
  • FIG. 21 is a front view of a mobile suit according to a seventh embodiment.
  • FIG. 21 is a right side view of the mobile suit according to the seventh embodiment.
  • FIG. 21 is a plan view of a mobile suit according to a seventh embodiment.
  • FIG. 21 is a bottom view of the mobile suit according to the seventh embodiment.
  • FIG. 21 is a right side view from below the waist of the mobile suit according to the seventh embodiment.
  • FIG. 21 is a schematic view for explaining a link arrangement for moving the femur in the left leg of the mobile suit according to the seventh embodiment.
  • FIG. 21 is a schematic view for explaining a link arrangement for moving a knee joint in the left leg of the mobile suit according to the seventh embodiment.
  • Embodiment 1 The structure of the mobile suit according to the first embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS.
  • the figure shows the wearer 90 wearing the mobile suit 100 in an upright posture.
  • a state in which the wearer 90 takes an upright posture is referred to as a reference state.
  • 1 and 2 are perspective views of the mobile suit 100 as viewed from the front or the rear.
  • FIGS. 3 and 4 are perspective views of the mobile suit 100 as seen from the front or the rear when worn by a person.
  • a front view, a right side view, a top view and a bottom view of the mobile suit 100 are shown in FIG. 5, FIG. 6, FIG. 7 and FIG. 8, respectively.
  • FIG. 9 is a right side view from above the waist of the mobile suit, a perspective view from the rear and a perspective view from the front.
  • 12, 13 and 14 are a front view, a right side view and a perspective view seen from the front of the lower part of the mobile suit, respectively.
  • FIG. 15 is an enlarged right side view showing the arm portion of the mobile suit.
  • the axis in the lateral direction of the mobile suit 100 is taken as an X axis, the longitudinal direction as a Y axis, and the height direction as a Z axis.
  • the direction from right to left is the positive direction of the X axis
  • the direction from front to back is the positive direction of the Y axis
  • the direction from the bottom to the top is the positive direction of the Z axis.
  • the mobile suit 100 includes an upper body 1, a luggage loading unit 2, a waist 3, three legs 7, two arms 8 and an electronic control unit 9.
  • the upper body 1 surrounds the upper body of a wearer 90 who is a person wearing the mobile suit 100.
  • a luggage loading unit 2 for loading luggage is provided on the back side of the upper body 1.
  • the waist 3 is below the upper body 1 and rotatably supports the upper body 1.
  • Each of the two legs 7 is connected downward to the left and right of the waist 3.
  • Each of the two legs 7 has a thigh 4, a lower leg 5 and a foot 6.
  • the thighs 4, the lower legs 5 and the feet 6 are connected in series from the waist 3.
  • the arm 8 is attached to the front of the upper body 2.
  • the electronic control unit 9 is disposed on the back side of the upper body 9. In this specification, the foot is the part below the ankle.
  • the mobile suit 100 is an operation assisting device that assists the wearer when the wearer performs an operation such as standing up or walking.
  • the upper body of the wearer 90 is located inside the upper body 1.
  • the arms of the wearer 90 come out from both sides of the upper body part 1 and the head comes out from the upper side.
  • the waist 3 is connected to the waist of the wearer 90.
  • the thighs 4 and the lower legs 5 are located outside the wearer 90.
  • the foot of the wearer 90 is fixed on the upper side of the foot 6.
  • the wearer 90 is connected to the mobile suit 100 only at the waist and feet.
  • the upper body portion 1 has two upper body frames 10, a back connection frame 11, a chest band 12, and two loading portion connection frames 13.
  • the outer shape of the body frame 10 is a shape of a figure in which a semicircle is added to the upper part of a rectangle and a triangle is added to the lower part when viewed from the side. When viewed from the front-rear direction, the distance between the two upper body frames 10 is such that the rectangular and semicircular portions are narrower than the triangular portions as viewed from the side.
  • the two upper body frames 10 are parallel to each other in the upper part with a narrow space and the lower part with a wide space. In the upper body frame 10, a frame having a cylindrical cross section is bent so as to be an outer shape of such a shape.
  • the back connection frame 11 connects the two upper body frames 10 on the back side.
  • the chest band 12 connects the two upper body frames 10 on the chest side.
  • Each of the two loading unit connecting frames 13 exits from each of the two upper body frames 10 to the rear side.
  • the back connection frame 11 connects the two upper body frames 10 at the same height.
  • the back connection frame 11 is bent in such a way that its central portion is lowered.
  • the loading unit connecting frame 13 is a short rod-like frame that protrudes rearward and obliquely downward in the vicinity of the connection portion between the back connecting frame 11 and the upper body frame 10.
  • the upper body frame 10 opens to the outside in the left-right direction slightly below the position where it is connected to the loading unit connecting frame 13.
  • the chest band 12 can be separated and joined at its central portion.
  • a shoulder strap 14 is provided for loading luggage or the like.
  • the shoulder strap 14 is shaped such that its cross section has a recess.
  • the luggage loading unit 2 is a substantially U-shaped frame when viewed from the rear.
  • the luggage loading unit 2 is connected to the loading unit connecting frame 13 on the open side of the U-shape.
  • a loading portion connection portion J1 to which the end of the load loading portion 2 is rotatably connected is provided at the tip of the loading portion connection frame 13.
  • the two loading unit connections J1 are provided on the same straight line at the same height. Therefore, the luggage loading unit 2 can rotate with respect to the loading unit connection frame 13 around the virtual rotation axis (parallel to the X axis) passing through the two loading unit connections J1.
  • the loading portion connection portion J1 has a stopper that limits the rotation angle range.
  • the stopper limits the rotation angle of the loading portion connection portion J1 so that the load loading portion 2 does not rotate more than the angle at which the load loading portion 2 is perpendicular to the upper body frame 10. Note that instead of loading an object, the object may be held in a suspended manner.
  • the luggage loading unit 2 is an object holding unit that holds an object. The load from the luggage loading unit 2 is supported by the upper body 1.
  • the loading portion connection portion J1 has a structure in which a shaft member passing through a hole provided in the loading portion connection frame 13 and the load loading portion 2 is sandwiched by plate-like members from both sides. Opposing members provided with holes or protrusions for rotatably holding the shaft members are called yokes.
  • the loading portion connection portion J1 has a bearing that reduces the resistance when the shaft member rotates. As long as the loading portion connecting frame 13 and the load loading portion 2 are rotatably connected, the loading portion connection portion J1 may be any type. The same is true for the other connections that rotatably connect the two members.
  • the waist 3 has a plate-like waist back frame 15, a plate-like waist front frame 16, and two waist connection belts 17.
  • the waist back frame 15 exists on the back side of the wearer 90.
  • the waist front frame 16 is present on the side and the front of the wearer 90.
  • the waist front frame 16 is connected to the waist back frame 15 at two points in the center of the waist back frame 15.
  • Each of the two waist connection belts 17 is connected to the trunk of the wearer 90.
  • the trunk is the part of the human body excluding the arms, legs, neck and head.
  • the upper ends of the waist back frame 15 and the waist front frame 16 are coplanar. This plane is called the waist reference plane.
  • the waist reference surface is a surface that serves as a reference in expressing the shape of the waist 3.
  • the waist reference surface is used as a reference surface also in defining the relationship between the waist 3 and the upper body 1 and the thigh 4.
  • the waist reference plane is parallel to a straight line connecting lower ends of the two upper body frames 10, that is, the lower end of the upper body 1. Since there is a difference in height at the upper ends of the waist back frame 15 and the waist front frame 16, if there is no plane where all the upper ends exist, the waist reference plane is set at an appropriate position of the waist 3.
  • the two waist connecting belts 17 sandwich the wearer 90 from the left and right, and connect with the clothes worn by the wearer 90.
  • the waist connecting belt 17 is a wearer operation transmission unit that moves the waist 3 in accordance with the movement of the trunk of the wearer 90.
  • a waist stress sensor 17S (not shown) is provided on the waist connection belt 17 to detect a stress generated at a connection portion of the waist connection belt 17 with the waist back frame 15 and the waist front frame 16.
  • Two plate-like upper body connection projections 18 connected to the upper body frame 10 are provided upward at a slightly back position of the widest position in the left-right direction of the waist front frame 16 as viewed from above. It is done.
  • the upper body connection protrusions 18 are parallel and face each other across the wearer 90.
  • the upper body connection projection 18 is provided with an upper body waist connection portion J2.
  • the lower end triangular portion of the upper body frame 10 is rotatably connected to the upper body waist connection portion J2.
  • the two upper body waist connections J2 are provided on the same straight line at the same height.
  • the upper body portion 1 including the upper body frame 10 rotates relative to the waist front frame 16 or the waist portion 3 around the virtual rotation axis (parallel to the X axis) passing through the two upper body waist connections J2. it can.
  • a virtual rotation axis constituted by the two upper body waist connection portions J2 is referred to as a body rotation axis.
  • the rotation axis shown by a dotted line in FIG. 10 is the upper body rotation axis.
  • the upper body rotation axis is parallel to the lumbar reference plane.
  • a back central projection 19 is provided rearward from the center in the left-right direction of the waist back frame 15.
  • An upper body actuator 20 is provided between the back central projection 19 and the back connection frame 11.
  • the upper body actuator 20 controls the upper body center of gravity line to pass within a predetermined range from the upper body rotation axis.
  • the upper body center of gravity line is a vertical straight line passing through the upper body center of gravity which is the center of gravity of the load which the waist 3 receives from the upper body portion 2.
  • the back connection frame 11 is provided with an upper body side link attachment portion J3.
  • One end of an upper-body drive link 20L whose length can be changed by the upper-body actuator 20 is rotatably connected to the upper-body-side link attachment portion J3, that is, the upper-body portion 1 with one rotational freedom.
  • the upper body side link attachment portion J3 is provided at the center of the back connection frame 11.
  • a waist side link attachment portion J4 is provided on the back central projection 19.
  • the other end of the body drive link 20L is rotatably connected to the lumbar-side link attachment portion J4, that is, the lumbar portion 3 with one rotational freedom.
  • the rotation axes of the upper body side link attachment portion J3 and the waist side link attachment portion J4 are parallel to the X axis.
  • the upper body drive link 20L exists on the YZ plane.
  • the upper body actuator 20 has an upper body drive link 20L and a motor 20M.
  • One end of the upper body drive link 20L is rotatably connected to the upper body side link attachment portion J3, and the other end is rotatably connected to the waist side link attachment portion J4.
  • the motor 20M is a power source that generates a force that changes the length of the upper body drive link 20L.
  • the upper body drive link 20L is a variable-length link whose length can be changed.
  • reference numerals of the upper body drive link 20L and the electric motor 20M are illustrated, and reference numerals of the upper body actuator 20 are not illustrated. The same applies to the other actuators.
  • the upper body drive link 20L is provided with a load sensor 21 (not shown).
  • the load sensor 21 measures the compressive force or tensile force acting on the upper body drive link 20L.
  • the upper body actuator 20 changes the length of the upper body drive link 20L so that the absolute value of the force measured by the load sensor 21 is less than the determined threshold value.
  • the length of the upper body drive link 20L may be changed so that the compression force is less than the threshold. By doing so, the body center of gravity line can be made to pass through the determined range from the body rotation axis. The reason is that, when the upper body center of gravity line passes through the upper body rotation axis, all the load applied to the upper body portion 2 is applied to the upper body waist connection J2 and the force acting on the upper body drive link 20L becomes zero.
  • the upper body gravity center line passes a position away from the upper body rotation axis by a distance less than the determined upper limit distance corresponding to the threshold value. It will be. It may be detected by means other than the load sensor 21 whether or not the body center of gravity line passes a range closer to the upper limit distance determined from the body rotation axis.
  • Whether the actuator of the mobile suit 100 is to be operated or not is determined by the wearer 90 as to the operation mode in which it is to be operated. However, it is assumed that the upper body actuator 20 can not perform an operation of locking the operation (stopping the operation) when the object is placed on the loading unit 2.
  • FIG. 16 is a cross-sectional view for explaining the structure of a variable-length link that the actuator has.
  • FIG. 16 also shows a motor 20M which is not displayed in cross section. The positional relationship between the motor 20M and the cylinder 20C is fixed to each other.
  • the upper body actuator 20 includes a threaded rod 20A, a nut 20B, a cylinder 20C, a nut position fixing portion 20D, a nut rotation holding portion 20E, and a nut gear 20F.
  • the threaded rod 20A is a rod with a circular cross section, provided with an external thread on the side.
  • the nut 20B is a member having a through hole provided on its inner surface with an internal thread that engages with the screw rod 20A.
  • the screw between the screw rod 20A and the nut 20B uses a ball screw, a base screw or the like having a small friction during rotation.
  • the cylinder 20C accommodates a portion of the threaded rod 20A and the nut 20B therein.
  • the nut position fixing portion 20D fixes the position of the nut 20B with respect to the cylinder 20C in the axial direction of the screw rod 20A.
  • the nut rotation holding portion 20E rotatably holds the nut 20B relative to the cylinder 20C.
  • the nut gear 20F is a gear that rotates with the nut 20B.
  • the nut position fixing portion 20D is three protrusions provided on the inner side in the circumferential direction of the cylinder 20C. Also on the side of the nut 20B, a circumferential protrusion whose position is fixed in the axial direction with respect to the nut 20B is provided.
  • the protrusions provided on the side of the nut 20B are a nut rotation holding portion 20E, and a protrusion provided between the nut rotation holding portion 20E and the nut gear 20F.
  • the nut position fixing portion 20D is provided so as to sandwich the protrusion on the side of the nut 20B.
  • the nut position fixing portion 20D is provided as a protrusion in the circumferential direction of the cylinder 20C on both sides of the nut rotation holding portion 20E and at a position adjacent to the nut gear 20F.
  • the nut position fixing portion 20D may be anything as long as it fixes the relative position of the nut 20B to the cylinder 20C in the axial direction of the screw rod 20A.
  • the axial direction of the threaded rod 20A is also the longitudinal direction of the cylinder 20C.
  • the nut gear 20F is disposed outside the cylinder 20C.
  • the nut gear 20F meshes with a drive gear 20G provided on the rotation shaft of the motor 20M.
  • the drive gear 20G rotates
  • the nut gear 20F and the nut 20B rotate.
  • the nut 20B rotates
  • the nut 20B moves relative to the threaded rod 20A.
  • the position of the nut 20B is fixed with respect to the longitudinal direction of the cylinder 20C. Therefore, when the nut 20B rotates, the screw rod 20A moves relative to the nut 20B and the cylinder 20C.
  • a timing belt or the like may be used to transmit the rotation of the motor 20M to the nut 20B.
  • One end of the screw rod 20A is rotatably attached to the back central projection 19 or the waist 3 by the waist link attachment J4.
  • One end of the cylinder 20C is attached to the back connection frame 11 or the upper body 1 by the upper link attachment J3.
  • the distance between the upper body side link attachment portion J3 and the waist side link attachment portion J4 becomes longer.
  • the distance between the upper body side link attachment portion J3 and the waist side link attachment portion J4 becomes short.
  • the end by the side of screw rod 20A which upper part drive link 20L has may be attached not to waist part 3 but to upper part 1.
  • the cylinder 20 ⁇ / b> C is attached to the waist 3.
  • the threaded rod 20A provided with an external thread is attached to one of two link attachment portions for attaching the both ends of the upper body drive link 20L at one end thereof.
  • One end of the cylinder 20C is attached to the link attachment portion to which the screw rod 20A is not attached among the two link attachment portions.
  • the nut 20B has a through hole provided on its inner surface with an internal thread that engages with an external thread provided on the threaded rod 20A.
  • the nut 20B is a rotating member that is rotated by the transmission of the force from the motor 20M.
  • the cylinder 20C is a cylinder that accommodates the threaded rod 20A and the nut 20B.
  • the nut position fixing portion 20D is a rotating member position fixing portion that fixes the relative position of the nut 20B to the cylinder 20C in the axial direction of the screw rod 20A.
  • the nut rotation holding portion 20E is a rotating member holding portion provided between the nut 20B and the cylinder 20C and rotatably holding the nut 20B with respect to the cylinder 20C.
  • the upper drive link 20L which is a variable-length link, has one rotation degree of freedom that allows rotation around the axial direction.
  • the upper body drive link 20L since the upper body drive link 20L is connected at its both ends with one rotational degree of freedom, no force is applied to twist the upper body drive link 20L.
  • the upper body drive link 20L may not have the nut rotation holding portion 20E.
  • the cylinder for accommodating the threaded rod and the nut may be a square cylinder, or may have a cross-section with a combination of flat and curved surfaces.
  • the diameter of the tube may change in the longitudinal direction.
  • Both ends of the variable-length link may be of any structure as long as one end of the threaded rod is rotatably mounted and the end of the cylinder or motor is rotatably mounted.
  • the end on the cylinder or motor side may be attached via the attachment.
  • the non-end portion of the tube may be attached to the link attachment. In that case, the portion of the cylinder attached to the link attachment portion is the variable length link, and one end of the variable length link is attached to the link attachment portion.
  • an opening and closing leg axis J5 is provided at the left and right ends of the lower back surface frame 15.
  • the open / close leg axis J5 is a rotation axis that rotates the leg 7 to open or close in the left-right direction.
  • the opening and closing leg shaft J5 has a configuration in which the rod-like thigh opening and closing leg frame 22 passes through a bearing, with the axis provided at the left and right ends of the waist back frame 15 perpendicular to the waist reference surface.
  • the opening / closing leg axis J5 may not be perpendicular to the waist reference surface, and may intersect at a predetermined angle substantially perpendicular to the waist reference surface at a position where the left and right are symmetrical.
  • the opening and closing leg shaft J5 rotatably connects the thigh opening and closing leg frame 22 to the waist 3.
  • the thigh opening and closing leg frame 22 is a thigh opening and closing leg portion connected to each of the opening and closing leg shafts J5 provided on the left and right of the waist.
  • the thigh opening and closing leg frame 22 is bent at the upper and lower portions of a portion passing through the opening and closing leg axis J5.
  • the thigh opening and closing leg frame 22 bends 90 degrees at the lower side of the opening and closing leg axis J5, extends forward, and bends obliquely upward near the lower side of the body waist connection J2.
  • the thigh open / close leg frame 22 bent obliquely upward extends forward and obliquely upward to a position slightly behind in the front-rear direction of the waist front frame 16.
  • the thigh opening and closing leg frame 22 bends 90 degrees on the upper side of the opening and closing leg axis J5, and extends short and backward.
  • the thigh opening / closing leg frame 22 extends so as to be substantially in a straight line when viewed from above.
  • the leg portion 7 moves in the left and right direction. That is, the legs 7 open and close. Since the direction in which the entire leg portion 7 is directed can be changed around the opening / closing leg axis J5, the walking direction can be easily changed. In addition, it becomes easy to move the center of gravity position between the left and right legs by bipedal walking.
  • An open / close leg spring 23 is provided between the rear end of the thigh open / close leg frame 22 and the lumbar back frame 15.
  • the open / close leg spring 23 generates a force to return to the original state after the thigh open / close leg frame 22 rotates around the open / close leg axis J5.
  • a leg spring attachment portion J7 is provided at the rear end of the thigh opening / closing leg frame 22 .
  • One end of an open / close leg spring 23 is rotatably attached to the leg side spring attachment portion J7.
  • Spring attachment protrusions 24 are provided on both the left and right sides of the back central projection 19 of the waist back frame 15.
  • a waist side spring attachment portion J8 is provided at the tip of the spring attachment projection 24.
  • the other end of the open / close leg spring 23 is rotatably attached to the lumbar spring attachment portion J8.
  • the strength of the open / close leg spring 23 is appropriately adjusted so as to be able to expand and contract by the force of the wearer 90 and to return to the original length when the external force disappears.
  • the opening and closing leg spring 23 is a lumbar link whose length can be changed.
  • the leg side spring attachment portion J7 is a leg side lumbar link attachment portion provided on the thigh opening and closing leg frame 22.
  • the waist side spring attachment portion J ⁇ b> 8 is a waist side waist portion link attachment portion provided on the waist portion 3.
  • a hip joint portion J6 is provided at a portion which is bent near the lower side of the upper body waist connection portion J2 of the thigh opening and closing leg frame 22.
  • the hip joint J6 rotatably connects one end of the femoral frame 25 to the thigh open / close leg frame 22.
  • the femoral frame 25 or the thigh 4 rotates around a rotation axis parallel to the waist reference plane.
  • all the rotation axes are parallel to the rotation axis of the hip joint portion J6.
  • the femoral frame 25 is an elongated plate-like member. In the reference state, the femoral frame 25 extends diagonally forward and downward, and is connected to one end of the lower leg 5 just below the front end of the thigh open / close leg frame 22.
  • the knee joint J9 connects the other end of the femoral frame 25 and one end of the lower leg 5.
  • the other end of the plate-like femoral frame 25 is connected to a rectangular parallelepiped knee joint connection block 26.
  • the knee joint connection block 26 is sandwiched by two knee thigh plates 27.
  • the femoral frame 25, the knee joint connecting block 26, and the knee thigh plate 27 are aligned when viewed in a direction parallel to the rotation axis of the hip joint J6.
  • the femoral frame 25, the knee joint connection block 26 and the knee-side thigh plate 27 constitute a femoral portion having one end connected to the thigh opening and closing leg frame 22 and the other end connected to the lower leg 5.
  • the hip joint J6 connects one end of the thigh to the thigh opening / closing frame 22 so that the angle formed by the thigh and the thigh opening / closing leg frame 22 can be changed.
  • a waist-side thigh drive link attachment portion J10 is provided at the front end of the thigh opening / closing leg frame 22.
  • the mounting position of the lumbar thigh drive link mounting portion J10 is a position away from the hip joint.
  • One end of a thigh drive link 28L for rotating the femoral frame 25 about the hip joint portion J6 is rotatably attached to the lumbar thigh drive link attachment portion J10.
  • the thigh drive link 28L which is a variable length link whose length can be changed, constitutes the thigh drive actuator 28 together with the motor generator 28M. Electric power is supplied to the motor generator 28M to rotate the threaded rod 28A (reference numeral is not shown) of the thigh drive link 28L.
  • the thigh drive actuator 28 has a length lock mechanism 28S (not shown) that prevents the length of the thigh drive link 28L from changing.
  • the length lock mechanism 28S is a knee joint lock portion for preventing the length of the thigh drive link 28L from changing.
  • the other end of the femoral drive link 28L is rotatably attached to the femoral frame 25 by the femoral side drive link attachment portion J11.
  • the thigh femoral drive link attachment portion J11 is provided slightly above the position at which the knee joint connection block 26 is connected to the femoral frame 25.
  • a femoral knee side yoke 29 is provided which sandwiches the femoral frame 25.
  • the thigh knee side yoke 29 has a substantially U-shaped cross section.
  • the thigh femoral drive link attachment portion J11 has a structure in which a shaft member passes through holes provided in the femoral frame 25 and the thigh knee side yoke 29.
  • the thigh knee side yoke 29 is provided at the other end of the thigh drive link 28L so that the angle with respect to the thigh drive link 28L is approximately 120 degrees.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic view for explaining the link arrangement for moving the femoral and knee joints in the left leg of the mobile suit.
  • FIG. 17A is a plan view schematically showing the link arrangement.
  • FIG. 17B is a right side view schematically showing the link arrangement.
  • the thigh open / close leg frame 22 and the femoral frame 25 can be rotated in the horizontal plane by the open / close leg axes J5 provided on the left and right of the back surface of the waist 3.
  • the opening and closing leg axis J5 is represented by an ellipse.
  • the femoral frame 25 can rotate about the hip joint J6. If the thigh drive link 28L is shortened, the hip joint J6 rotates forward and the femoral frame 25 is raised. When the femoral drive link 28L is lengthened, the hip joint J6 rotates later and the femur frame 25 which has been raised rotates downward and returns to the original position. Note that the angle of the knee joint J9 does not change due to the expansion and contraction of the thigh drive link 28L.
  • a yoke formed by the two knee side thigh plates 27 sandwiches the plate-like lower leg knee side block 30.
  • the two knee side thigh plates 27 and the lower knee knee block 30 are provided with through holes, and a shaft member passing through the through holes allows the lower thigh knee side to be attached to the knee side thigh plate 27 or the other end of the femoral portion.
  • One end of the block 30, that is, the lower leg 5 is rotatably connected.
  • One end of two lower leg links 31 is connected to the lower leg knee side block 30.
  • the other ends of the two lower leg links 31 are connected to the lower leg ankle block 32.
  • the lower end of the lower leg ankle block 32 is provided with an ankle joint J16 for rotatably connecting the foot 6 to the lower leg ankle block 32, ie, the lower leg 5 in three rotational degrees of freedom.
  • the lower leg link 31 is a gas spring in which a compressed (preloaded) gas is sealed.
  • the length of the lower leg link 31 does not change at a compression force lower than the preload.
  • the lower leg link 31 contracts in accordance with the magnitude of the compression force. That is, the lower leg link 31 is a gas spring which can not stretch and contracts when a pressure greater than the pressure for compressing the gas is applied. Therefore, when a large force is generated when the foot 6 lands, the lower leg link 31 absorbs the large force. Since a large force is absorbed by the lower leg link 31, the mobile suit 100 is not broken.
  • FIG. 18 is a view for explaining the effect of configuring the lower leg portion with two gas springs. FIG. 18 shows that the front lower leg link 31 can be greatly contracted to absorb the external force when a large external force is applied to move the knee forward.
  • the ankle joint J16 is rotatable in three rotational degrees of freedom. In the ankle joint J16, there is an allowance for rotation in the longitudinal direction or in the lateral direction and rotation around the lower leg.
  • the ankle joint J16 is provided with a stopper to prevent rotation beyond the allowable limit.
  • the lower leg link 31 which is two gas springs arranged in the front and rear direction, causes the gas spring to bear an external force even if a large external force is applied.
  • the ankle side of the lower leg link 31 is pin-joined to the lower leg ankle block 32. An external force to bend at an angle larger than that allowed by the stopper is applied to the lower leg link 31 as a bending load.
  • the lower leg link 31 subjected to the bending load has a shorter lower leg link 31 on the side to which it is bent. By shortening, the reaction force of the lower leg link 31 becomes large.
  • the lower leg link 31 causes an elastic torque to act around the ankle joint J16.
  • the elastic torque by the lower leg link 31 acts as a damper for the rotational load of the ankle, and protects the lower leg 5 and the ankle joint J16 from impact or the like.
  • a knee joint drive actuator 33 is provided at the knee joint J9.
  • the knee joint drive actuator 33 is for changing an angle formed by the knee side thigh plate 27, that is, the thigh and the lower leg knee side block 30, that is, the lower leg 5.
  • the knee joint drive actuator 33 includes a knee joint drive link 33L which is a variable-length link whose length can be changed, a motor generator 33M, and a length lock mechanism 33S (not shown).
  • the motor generator 33M operates in the same manner as the motor generator 28M.
  • the length lock mechanism 33S is a hip joint lock portion for preventing a change in the length of the knee joint drive link 33L.
  • the motor generators 28 M and 33 M are disposed on the side closer to the waist 3. By doing so, the space near the knee joint J9 can be enlarged.
  • the thigh 4 is configured to have a thigh arm including a thigh opening and closing leg frame 22, a thigh frame 25, a thigh driving actuator 28, and a knee joint driving actuator 33.
  • a plate-like protrusion 25T is provided on the rear side of the femoral frame 25 on the waist 3 side.
  • a femoral knee joint drive link attachment portion J12 is provided on the protrusion 25T.
  • the femoral knee joint drive link attachment portion J12 rotatably mounts one end of the knee joint drive link 33L to the projection 25T, that is, the femur.
  • a yoke provided at one end of the knee joint drive link 33L sandwiches the protrusion 25T.
  • the femoral knee joint drive link attachment portion J12 rotatably attaches one end of the knee joint drive link 33L to the projection 25T by passing the shaft member through a through hole provided in the yoke and the projection 25T.
  • the other end of the knee joint drive link 33L is connected to both the knee joint connection block 26 and the lower knee block 30 using two aids on the side of the knee joint J10.
  • the two aids are the thigh aid 34 and the lower thigh aid 35.
  • the thigh side assisting tool 34 is rotatably attached at one end to the other end of the knee joint drive link 33L.
  • a portion to which one end of the thigh side assisting tool 34 and the other end of the knee joint driving link 33L are attached is referred to as a knee joint driving link assisting joint portion J13.
  • the other end of the thigh support 34 is rotatably attached to the thigh support J14.
  • the thigh assistance tool attachment portion J14 is provided on the knee joint connection block 26.
  • One end of the lower leg auxiliary 35 is also rotatably attached to the knee joint drive link auxiliary joint J13, that is, the other end of the knee joint drive link 33L.
  • the other end of the lower leg auxiliary 35 is rotatably attached to the lower auxiliary attachment portion J15.
  • the lower leg side auxiliary implement attachment portion J15 is provided on the lower leg knee side block 30 which the lower leg portion 5 has.
  • the thigh side assisting tool 34 has a shape in which the side surfaces of two plate-like frames are connected.
  • the knee joint connecting block 26 is provided with a through hole. Further, a through hole is also provided at the other end of the thigh side assisting tool 34.
  • the thigh aids 34 sandwich the knee joint connection block 26 so that the positions of the respective through holes coincide.
  • the thigh assistance implement mounting portion J14 has a structure in which the rotation axis passes through holes of the thigh assistance 34 and the knee joint connection block 26.
  • the thigh assistance implement mounting portion J14 is provided on the femur so that the other end of the thigh assistance implement can be rotatably attached.
  • the other end of the thigh support 34 is connected to the lower leg support 35 and the knee drive link 33L with one rotational freedom at the knee joint drive link support J13.
  • the lower leg support 35 has a shape in which the side surfaces of two frames are connected.
  • the thigh side auxiliary tool 34 sandwiches the knee joint drive link 33L.
  • the lower leg assistance tool 35 sandwiches the thigh assistance tool 34 and the knee joint drive link 33L.
  • a through hole is provided in each of the pinched places in the lower leg assistance tool 35, the thigh assistance tool 34 and the knee joint drive link 33L.
  • the femoral aid 34, the lower thigh aid 35, and the knee joint drive link 33L can rotate in one rotational degree of freedom from each other by the rotation axis passing through the through holes.
  • the lower leg knee side block 30 is provided with a lower leg auxiliary implement mounting portion J15.
  • One end of the lower leg auxiliary tool 35 is rotatably mounted to the lower leg auxiliary tool attachment portion J15 with one rotational degree of freedom.
  • the lower leg side auxiliary tool attachment portion J15 has a structure in which the rotation axis passes through a through hole provided in the lower leg knee block 30 and a through hole provided in the lower leg side auxiliary tool 35.
  • the lower leg support 35 is mounted on the lower leg knee block 30 with one rotational freedom by the lower leg support J15.
  • the knee joint portion J10, the thigh knee joint drive link attachment portion J12, and the thigh assistance tool attachment portion J14 are fixed to the knee joint connection block 26, and their relative positional relationship is fixed.
  • the lower leg auxiliary implement mounting portion J15 is fixed to the lower knee block 30.
  • the distance from the knee joint J10 is determined for the lower leg auxiliary implement mounting portion J15.
  • the knee joint drive link auxiliary tool connection portion J13 has a predetermined distance from the thigh auxiliary tool attachment portion J14 and the lower leg auxiliary tool attachment portion J15. Therefore, when the rotation angle of the knee joint J10 is determined, the thigh aid 34 and the lower thigh aid 35 move like a pantograph, and the position of the knee joint drive link aid J13 is determined. Conversely, when the position of the knee joint drive link auxiliary tool joint J13 is determined, the rotation angle of the knee joint J10 is determined.
  • the length of the knee joint drive link 33L is the distance between the femoral knee joint drive link attachment J12 and the knee joint drive link joint J13. Accordingly, as shown in FIG. 17B, the rotation angle of the knee joint J10 can be changed by changing the length of the knee joint drive link 33L. As the knee joint drive link 33L becomes longer, the angle formed by the femur and the lower leg 5 at the knee joint J9 increases. When the knee joint drive link 33L is shortened, the angle formed by the thigh and the lower leg 5 at the knee joint J9 is reduced. The angle of the hip joint J6 does not change due to the expansion and contraction of the knee joint drive link 33L.
  • the thigh side aid 34 and the lower leg side aid 35 are provided, it is possible to transmit the force due to the expansion and contraction of the knee joint drive link 33L to the thigh side aid attachment portion J14 and the lower leg side aid attachment portion J15 like a pantograph. . Therefore, when the knee joint J9 is largely bent so that the thigh 25 and the lower thigh 7 become close to parallel, it is easy to transmit the force for rotating the knee J9. As a result, even if the force generated by the knee joint drive actuator 33 is small, bending and extension movements of the knee joint J9 can be made smoother.
  • the knee joint drive link 33L may be connected only to the lower leg 5.
  • the lower leg (other end) of the lower leg knee side block 30, that is, the lower leg 5 is connected to the foot 6 rotatably in three rotational degrees of freedom by the ankle joint J16.
  • the ankle joint J16 is located rearward of the knee joint J9 and forward of the hip J6 in the reference state.
  • the foot 6 has a foot main body 6A and a lower leg connection projection 6B.
  • the foot main body 6A has a rectangular flat plate shape with rounded corners when viewed from above.
  • the lower leg connection projection 6B is connected to the outside in the left-right direction on the rear side of the foot main portion 6A.
  • the ankle joint J16 has a structure in which two spherical bearings sandwich the spherical surface from both sides. The spherical bearings are provided on the inner surfaces of the two plates at the lower end of the lower knee block 30.
  • the spherical surface is provided on the lower leg connection projection 6B.
  • the foot 6 has a foot holding portion 6C.
  • the foot holding portion 6C holds the foot of the wearer 90 such that the foot 6 moves with the foot of the wearer 90.
  • the foot holding portion 6C is illustrated as a strap of a sandal.
  • the foot holding portion 6C may be, for example, a mechanism for fixing a ski boot to a ski.
  • the foot holding portion 6C may be anything as long as the foot portion 6 moves with the foot of the wearer 90.
  • the foot 6 has a reaction force sensor 6D (not shown) that detects a reaction force received from the ground when the bottom surface is in contact with the ground.
  • the arm 8 is configured to have an arm rotation bar 36, an upper arm frame 37, a forearm frame 38 and a hand 39.
  • the arm rotation rod 36 rotates the arm 8 in a horizontal plane.
  • One upper end of the upper arm frame 37 is rotatably connected to the upper end of the arm rotation bar 36.
  • the shoulder joint J 18 rotatably connects the upper arm frame 37 to the arm rotation rod 36.
  • the upper end of the forearm frame 38 is rotatably connected to the lower end of the upper arm frame 37.
  • the elbow joint J 19 rotatably connects the forearm frame 38 to the upper arm frame 37.
  • a hand 39 is rotatably connected to the other lower end of the forearm frame 38.
  • the wrist joint J20 connects the hand 39 to the forearm frame 38 rotatably in one rotational degree of freedom.
  • the wrist joint J20 allows the hand 39 to rotate around a rotation axis parallel to the forearm frame 38.
  • the upper arm frame 37, the forearm frame 38 and the hand 39 are disposed from top to bottom.
  • the arm rotation rod 36 is a rod whose cross section is a cylinder.
  • the arm rotation rod 36 is a generally straight rod, but is shaped so that a portion passing through the arm rotation connection portion J17 is slightly translated.
  • the arm rotation connection portion J17 is a cylinder provided on the outside of the arm rotation rod 36.
  • a bearing is disposed between the arm rotation rod 36 and the arm rotation connection portion J17.
  • the arm rotation connection portion J17 is detachably attached to the upper body frame 10.
  • the arm rotation connection portion J17 allows the arm rotation rod 36 to rotate around a rotation axis (Z axis in the reference state) parallel to the body frame 10. It has arm rotation lock part 36S (not shown) which switches the state which arm rotation connection part J17 can rotate freely, and the state which can not rotate.
  • the arm rotation rod 36 and the body frame 10 may not be parallel, and may be at a determined angle.
  • the upper arm frame 37 is in the form of a bent prism.
  • the shoulder joint J 18 has a structure in which a yoke provided at the upper end of the upper arm frame 37 sandwiches the plate-like upper arm connecting projection 40 provided at the upper end of the arm rotary rod 36.
  • the upper arm frame 37 is rotatably attached to the upper arm connection projection 40, that is, the arm rotation rod 36, by passing a through-hole provided in the upper arm connection projection 40 with a shaft member held by the yoke on the upper arm frame 37 side.
  • the forearm frame 38 is plate-shaped.
  • the elbow joint J 19 has a structure in which a yoke provided at the lower end of the upper arm frame 37 sandwiches the forearm frame 38.
  • the forearm frame 38 is rotatably attached to the upper arm frame 37 as a shaft member held by the yoke on the upper arm frame 37 side passes through a through hole provided in the forearm frame 38.
  • the arm rotation connection portion J17 is an arm portion holding portion provided on the upper body portion 1.
  • the arm rotation connection portion J17 holds the arm portion 8 rotatably around the arm rotation axis.
  • the arm rotation axis is provided to have a predetermined angle with respect to the upper body 1.
  • the arm rotation rod 36 is an arm base having a rod-like portion held by the arm rotation connection portion J17.
  • the upper arm frame 37 is an upper arm connected at one end to the upper portion of the arm rotation rod 36.
  • the shoulder joint J 18 connects one end of the upper arm frame 37 to the arm rotation rod 36 so that the angle between the upper arm frame 37 and the arm rotation rod 36 can be changed.
  • the forearm frame 38 is a forearm connected to the other end of the upper arm frame 37.
  • the elbow joint J 19 connects one end of the forearm frame 38 to the other end of the upper arm frame 37 so that the angle formed by the forearm frame 38 and the upper arm frame 37 can be changed.
  • the hand 39 is connected to the other end of the forearm frame 38.
  • the wrist joint J 20 connects the hand 39 to the other end of the forearm frame 38.
  • the wrist joint J20 allows the hand 39 to rotate about a rotational axis having a fixed angle with respect to the forearm frame 38.
  • the wrist joint J20 may have two rotational degrees of freedom or three rotational degrees of freedom so that the angle between the hand 39 and the forearm frame 38 can be changed.
  • An upper arm drive actuator 41 is provided to rotate the upper arm frame 37 about the shoulder joint J18.
  • the upper arm drive actuator 41 is provided on the rear side of the upper arm frame 37.
  • the upper arm drive actuator 41 has an upper arm drive link 41L, a motor 41M, and a length lock mechanism 41S (not shown).
  • the upper arm drive link 41L is a variable-length link whose length can be changed.
  • One upper end of the upper arm drive link 41 L is rotatably attached to the upper arm frame 37.
  • the other lower end of the upper arm drive link 41L is rotatably attached to the lower end of the arm rotary bar 36.
  • the motor 41M is an upper arm power source that generates a force that changes the length of the upper arm drive link 41L.
  • the electric motor 41M is provided on the outer side in the left-right direction of the upper arm drive link 41L.
  • the upper arm side upper arm drive link attachment portion J 21 rotatably mounts the upper end of the upper arm drive link 41 L to the upper arm frame 37.
  • the upper arm drive link attachment portion J21 has a structure in which a yoke provided on the upper arm frame 37 sandwiches a rectangular block.
  • the rectangular block is provided at the tip of the upper rod drive link 41L on the screw rod side.
  • the block is provided with a through hole. The shaft member held by the yoke on the upper arm drive link 41L side passes through the through hole of the block, so that the upper arm drive link attachment portion J21 can rotate the upper end of the upper arm drive link 41L to the upper arm frame 37 Install.
  • the upper-body-side upper-arm drive link attachment portion J22 rotatably mounts the lower end of the upper-arm drive link 41L to the lower end of the arm rotary rod 36.
  • the upper body upper arm drive link attachment portion J22 is provided at a position lower than the shoulder joint portion J18.
  • a plate-like upper arm drive link connecting projection 42 (not shown) is provided at the lower end of the arm rotary rod 36 with a yoke provided at the end of the upper arm drive link 41L on the cylinder side of the upper body drive link attachment portion J22. Is a structure sandwiching
  • the upper arm drive link connection projection 42 is provided with a through hole. The shaft member held by the yoke on the upper arm drive link 41L side passes through the through hole. By doing so, the upper-body-side upper-arm drive link attachment portion J22 rotatably attaches the lower end of the upper-arm drive link 41L to the upper-arm drive link 41L.
  • the length lock mechanism 41S has a ratchet mechanism, and switches between a state in which the length of the forearm drive link 43L can be changed in both directions, a state in which it can be changed only in the long direction, and a state in which the length can not be changed.
  • the length of the upper arm drive link 41L is the shortest.
  • the length lock mechanism 41S is made changeable only in the long direction, and the upper arm frame 37 is held by hand and moved to a position where the shoulder joint J18 has an appropriate angle. If the angle is appropriate, the upper arm frame 37 can maintain its position even if the hand is released.
  • the length lock mechanism 41S can not change the length.
  • the electric motor 41 M may be controlled by a remote controller or the like to set the angle of the shoulder joint J 18 to an appropriate value.
  • the length lock mechanism 41S is an upper arm lock portion that prevents the length of the upper arm drive link 41L from changing.
  • a forearm drive actuator 43 is provided to rotate the forearm frame 38 about the elbow joint J19.
  • the forearm drive actuator 43 is provided on the front side of the upper arm frame 37.
  • the forearm drive actuator 43 has a forearm drive link 43L, an electric motor 43M, and a length lock mechanism 43S (not shown).
  • the forearm drive link 43L is a variable-length link whose length can be changed.
  • One upper end of the forearm drive link 43L is rotatably attached to the upper arm frame 37.
  • the other lower end of the forearm drive link 43L is rotatably attached to the forearm frame 38.
  • the electric motor 43M is a forearm power source that generates a force that changes the length of the forearm drive link 43L.
  • the electric motor 43M is provided on the inner side in the left-right direction of the forearm drive link 43L.
  • the distance from the wearer 90 to the electric motor 43M or the electric motor 41M can be increased by arranging the electric motor 43M present in the front side of the wearer 90 on the side farther from the wearer 90 than the electric motor 41M. Therefore, the space in which the wearer 90 can move can be enlarged in front of the upper body 1.
  • the upper arm side forearm drive link attachment portion J23 rotatably mounts the upper end of the forearm drive link 43L to the upper arm frame 37.
  • the upper arm side forearm drive link attachment portion J23 has a structure in which a yoke provided on the upper arm frame 37 sandwiches a rectangular block provided on the end of the forearm drive link 43L on the cylinder side. A through hole is provided in a block at the tip of the forearm drive link 43L.
  • the shaft member held by the yoke on the upper arm drive link 41L side rotatably mounts the upper end of the forearm drive link 43L to the upper arm drive link 41L by passing through the through hole of the block. .
  • the forearm side forearm drive link attachment portion J24 rotatably mounts the lower end of the forearm drive link 43L to a portion of the forearm frame 38 close to the wrist joint portion J20.
  • the forearm side forearm drive link attachment portion J24 has a structure in which a yoke provided at the end on the threaded rod side of the forearm drive link 43L sandwiches the plate-like forearm frame 38.
  • the forearm frame 38 is provided with a through hole. The shaft member held by the yoke on the forearm drive link side passes through the through hole of the forearm frame 38. By doing so, the forearm side forearm drive link attachment portion J24 rotatably mounts the lower end of the forearm drive link 43L to the forearm frame 38.
  • the length lock mechanism 43S has the same structure and function as the length lock mechanism 41S.
  • the angle of the elbow joint J19 is also set to an appropriate value in the same manner as the shoulder joint J18.
  • the angles of the shoulder joint J18 and the elbow joint J19 may be set simultaneously.
  • the length lock mechanism 43S is a forearm lock portion that prevents the length of the forearm drive link 43L from changing.
  • FIG. 19A shows the link arrangement viewed from the upper side.
  • FIG. 19B shows the link arrangement as viewed from the direction perpendicular to the arm 8.
  • the arm rotation rod 36 rotates around the arm rotation connection portion J17
  • the upper arm frame 37, the forearm frame, and the hand portion 39 rotate together with the arm rotation rod 36.
  • the arm 8 rotates about the Z axis.
  • FIG. 19B when the upper arm drive link 41L is elongated, the upper arm frame 37 is raised, and when it is shortened, the upper arm frame 37 is lowered.
  • the forearm drive link 43L is elongated, the angle between the forearm frame 38 and the upper arm frame 37 is reduced, and when it is shortened, the angle between the forearm frame 38 and the upper arm frame 37 is decreased.
  • a rotating member that rotates around a rotation axis parallel to the forearm frame 38 is provided at the other end of the forearm frame.
  • a wrist plate portion 44 Connected to the rotating member is a wrist plate portion 44 (reference numeral is shown in FIG. 15) to which the hand portion 39 is attached.
  • the wrist plate portion 44 has a rectangular plate shape.
  • the rotating member allows the hand 39 to rotate about the forearm frame 38.
  • the wrist joint unit J20 has a wrist rotation lock unit 44S (not shown).
  • the wrist rotation lock unit 44S switches between a state in which the hand 39 can rotate and a state in which the hand 39 can not rotate around a rotation axis parallel to the forearm frame 38.
  • FIGS. FIG. 20, FIG. 21 and FIG. 22 are a front view and a back view of the left hand portion 39, and a side view seen from the side where the counterable finger portion 51 is not present.
  • the hand portion 39 includes a wrist plate portion 44, a plate-like palm plate portion 46, a hand portion attaching portion 45, a first finger portion 47 which is four ordinary finger portions, a second finger portion 48, and a third finger portion 49, It has a fourth finger 50 and an opposing finger 51.
  • the hand attachment portion 45 vertically connects the palm plate 46 to the wrist plate 44.
  • the four ordinary fingers are connected to the side opposite to the hand attachment portion 45 of the palm plate 46.
  • the first finger portion 47, the second finger portion 48, the third finger portion 49, and the fourth finger portion 50 face in substantially the same direction.
  • the facing possible finger portion 51 is connected to the palm plate portion 46 in a direction different from that of the four ordinary finger portions, and can be moved to a position facing the ordinary finger portion.
  • the wrist plate portion 44 is connected to the forearm frame 38 via the wrist joint portion 36.
  • the hand 39 is similar to a human hand.
  • the opposite possible finger portion 51 corresponds to a thumb.
  • the first finger portion 47, the second finger portion 48, the third finger portion 49, and the fourth finger portion 50 correspond to the index finger, the middle finger, the ring finger, and the little finger, respectively.
  • the side on which the finger portion of the palm plate 46 is bent is referred to as the palm side, and the opposite side is referred to as the back side of the hand.
  • the direction in which the finger normally extends is referred to as the fingertip direction.
  • the fingertip direction is the direction from the wrist to the fingertip.
  • the direction orthogonal to the fingertip direction is called the hand width direction.
  • the wrist plate portion 44 is perpendicular to the forearm frame 38, and when viewed from the direction perpendicular to the palm plate portion 46, the counterable finger portion 51 extends in parallel with the palm plate portion 46.
  • the attachment plate portion 45A and the palm plate portion connection plate portion 45B are connected in an L shape when viewed from the side Member.
  • the mounting plate 45 ⁇ / b> A is connected to the wrist plate 44.
  • a palm plate portion 46 is connected to the palm plate portion connection plate portion 45B.
  • the first finger 47, the second finger 48, the third finger 49, and the fourth finger 50 are connected to the side of the palm plate 46 facing the mounting plate 45 ⁇ / b> A.
  • the second finger 48 is located approximately at the center of the wrist plate 44.
  • the first finger portion 47, the second finger portion 48, the third finger portion 49, and the fourth finger portion 50 are provided such that the distance on the tip side is wider than that on the root side.
  • the second finger 48 is perpendicular to the mounting plate 45A, and the center of the second finger 48 coincides with the center of the mounting plate 45A.
  • the confrontable finger portion 51 is provided on the side closer to the attachment plate portion 45A than the first finger portion 47 or the like in a direction substantially orthogonal to the first finger portion 47 or the like.
  • the palm plate 46 is a base to which the finger is connected.
  • the first finger portion 47, the second finger portion 48, the third finger portion 49, and the fourth finger portion 50 have the same structure.
  • the first finger portion 47, the second finger portion 48, the third finger portion 49, and the fourth finger portion 50 are generally referred to as finger portions.
  • the structure of the normal finger unit will be described with the fourth finger unit 50 which is easily attached in the figure.
  • the first finger unit 50A, the second finger unit 50B, and the third finger unit 50C are connected in series from the side close to the palm plate unit 46.
  • a first finger joint 50D is present between the palm plate 46 and the first phalanx 50A.
  • the first finger joint unit 50D rotatably connects the first phalanx unit 50A to the palm plate unit 46.
  • a second finger joint unit 50E is present between the first finger unit 50A and the second finger unit 50B.
  • the second finger joint unit 50E rotatably connects the second finger unit 50B to the first finger unit 50A.
  • a third finger joint unit 50F exists between the second finger unit 50B and the third finger unit 50C.
  • the third finger joint unit 50F rotatably connects the third finger unit 50C to the second finger unit 50B.
  • the rotation axes of the first finger joint 50D, the second finger joint 50E, and the third finger joint 50F are parallel to one another.
  • the side closer to the palm plate 46 is not a base member or a base member
  • the side is called a tip side member.
  • the first finger joint unit 50D, the second finger joint unit 50E, and the third finger joint unit 50F may be any of the first finger joint unit 50A, the second finger unit 50B, and the third finger unit 50C.
  • the first finger joint unit 50D is provided on the back surface side of the palm plate unit 46.
  • the rotation axes of the first finger joint 50D, the second finger joint 50E, and the third finger joint 50F are on a plane substantially perpendicular to the mounting plate 45A.
  • a line extending the forearm frame 38 to the side of the hand 39 passes in the reference state.
  • the forearm frame 38 is perpendicular to the mounting plate 45A.
  • the rotation axis of the first finger joint unit 50D is held by a finger base yoke 50G provided on the back surface side of the palm plate unit 46.
  • the rotation axis of the first finger joint 50D is disposed at a predetermined position slightly outside the palm plate 46.
  • the first finger motor 50H is disposed between the finger yokes 50G.
  • the first worm 50J (screw gear) directly connected to the rotation shaft of the first finger motor 50H meshes with the first worm wheel 50K (diagonal gear) rotating around the rotation shaft of the first finger joint 50D.
  • the finger first electric motor 50H and the first worm 50J are provided to be inclined with respect to the palm plate 46.
  • the first worm wheel 50K is attached to the second finger portion 50B.
  • the first finger joint unit 50D rotates the first finger segment unit 50A with respect to the palm plate unit 46 by the worm gear mechanism having the finger unit first electric motor 50H, the first worm 50J and the first worm wheel 50K.
  • the finger first electric motor 50 H is disposed on the palm plate 46.
  • the first worm 50J is rotated by the finger first electric motor 50H.
  • the first worm wheel 50K meshes with the first worm 50J and rotates around the rotation axis of the first finger joint unit 50D together with the first finger unit 50A.
  • the first finger segment portion 50A has a structure in which a member that rotates with the first worm wheel 50K and a yoke member that holds the rotation axis of the second finger joint portion 50E are coupled in the same direction.
  • the finger second electric motor 50L is attached to the first finger segment 50A.
  • the second worm 50M directly coupled to the rotation shaft of the finger second electric motor 50L meshes with the second worm wheel 50N.
  • the second worm wheel 50N rotates around the rotation axis of the second finger joint unit 50E.
  • the finger second electric motor 50L and the second worm 50M are provided to be inclined with respect to the first finger segment 50A.
  • the second worm wheel 50N is attached to the second finger portion 50B. When the finger second electric motor 50L rotates, the second worm 50M rotates and the second worm wheel 50N rotates with the second finger segment 50B.
  • the second finger joint unit 50E has the same structure as the first finger joint unit 50D.
  • the second finger joint unit 50E rotates the second finger joint unit 50E with respect to the first finger unit 50A by a worm gear mechanism having a finger second electric motor 50L, a second worm 50M and a second worm wheel 50N.
  • the finger second electric motor 50L is disposed in the first finger segment 50A.
  • the second worm 50M is rotated by the finger second electric motor 50L.
  • the second worm wheel 50N meshes with the second worm 50M and rotates around the rotation axis of the second finger joint unit 50E together with the second finger unit 50B.
  • the rotation angle of the first finger joint unit 50D and the rotation angle of the second finger joint unit 50E can be determined independently. it can.
  • the direction in which the first finger joint 50D rotates the first finger segment 50A, the direction in which the second finger joint 50E rotates the second finger segment 50B, and the third finger joint 50F a third finger segment 50C The directions of rotation are all the same.
  • the palm plate portion 46 can be made smaller by inclining the finger first electric motor 50 H and the first worm 50 J with respect to the palm plate portion 46.
  • the second finger motor 50L and the second worm 50M at an angle with respect to the first finger portion 50A, the first finger portion 50A can be shortened.
  • the hand 39 can be made as large as a human hand.
  • the first phalanx portion 50A is rotated relative to the palm plate portion 46 by the first finger joint portion 50D having a worm gear mechanism, and can be rotated with the second phalanx portion 50B by the second finger joint portion 50E having the worm gear mechanism.
  • a worm gear mechanism is applied to a first finger joint and a second finger joint which are two finger joints from the palm side.
  • the third finger joint driving gear 50P is provided in the third finger joint unit 50F.
  • the third finger drive gear 50P rotates with the third finger portion 50C.
  • Three idler gears are provided in the second finger portion 50B.
  • the three idler gears transmit the rotation of the second worm wheel 50N to the third finger drive gear 50P. Since the number of idler gears is an odd number such as three, when the second worm wheel 50N rotates, the third finger drive gear 50P rotates in the same direction.
  • the three finger joints can be rotated by two electric motors per finger. Joint rotation of the second finger joint and the third finger joint is not a problem in using the hand 39. This is because there is almost no case where it is necessary to bend only the third finger joint without bending the second finger joint.
  • the third finger joint may be rotated by the worm gear mechanism as well as the first finger joint and the second finger joint.
  • the finger base yoke 51 ⁇ / b> G for holding the rotation axis of the first finger joint portion 51 ⁇ / b> D of the facing possible finger portion 51 is provided at a position near the mounting plate portion 45 ⁇ / b> A on the back surface side of the palm plate portion 46.
  • the finger base yoke 51 ⁇ / b> G is provided in a direction substantially orthogonal to the second finger portion 48.
  • the first finger motor 51H is disposed between the finger yokes 51G.
  • the first worm 51J directly connected to the rotation shaft of the first finger electric motor 51H meshes with the first worm wheel 51K that rotates around the rotation shaft of the first finger joint 51D.
  • the first worm wheel 51K is attached to the second finger portion 51B.
  • the first finger motor 51H rotates
  • the first worm wheel 51K rotates with the first finger portion 51A.
  • the second finger segment 51B and the third finger segment 51C move to a position facing the first finger 47 or the like.
  • the first phalanx portion 51A of the opposing finger portion 51 has a first phalanx root portion 51T and a first phalanx tip portion 51U.
  • the first finger segment root 51T rotates with the first finger segment 51A as the first worm wheel 51K rotates.
  • the first finger segment tip 51U faces in a direction having an angle of about 70 degrees with the rotation direction of the first finger segment root 51T. Note that the direction in which the first finger segment tip portion 51U faces is parallel to the direction in which the first finger segment portion 47A or the like faces.
  • the end on the opposite side to the side connected to the 1st finger joint part 51D of the 1st phalanx base part 51T is flat form.
  • the first finger segment tip portion 51U is coupled to the flat portion of the first finger segment root portion 51T.
  • a finger second electric motor 51H is disposed, and a yoke member for holding a rotation shaft of the second finger joint 47E is provided.
  • the direction in which the first finger joint unit 51D rotates the first finger joint unit 51A is different from the direction in which the second finger joint unit 51E rotates the second finger unit 51B.
  • the structure on the fingertip side of the second finger joint unit 51E of the opposite possible finger unit 51 is the same as that of the first finger unit 47 or the like.
  • the mobile suit 100 has a hand 39 having a structure similar to that of a human hand. Therefore, any object that can be grasped by a person can be grasped by the hand 39.
  • the arm 8 is moved to move the hand 39 holding the object to an appropriate position. An object can be transported by moving the two legs 7 and walking while holding the hand 39 in that position.
  • the hand portion 39 is a motor with ten motors per one hand, and the bending degree of five fingers can be matched to an object having one.
  • the finger joint portion 39 when the motor rotates, the finger joint portion is rotated by the worm gear mechanism.
  • the worm gear mechanism holds the angle of the finger joint as it is.
  • the mechanism for driving the finger joint may have a ratchet mechanism or a lock mechanism.
  • the finger joint of the hand may have a ratchet mechanism instead of the motor.
  • the ratcheting mechanism may allow a small amount of force to be bent but not extended.
  • the curvature of the finger may be changed in accordance with the shape of the object to hold to hold the object. It is also possible to fix the angle of the finger joint in a certain degree of bending. Once the angle is determined, it can be changed freely by pressing a button or the like.
  • the number of fingers does not have to be five, but at least three. There may not be any other possible finger that can face the other finger.
  • One or two finger joints may be provided per finger. Any hand may be used as long as it has the first finger joint and the first finger joint lock.
  • the first finger joint portion is connected to the palm plate portion so as to be changeable at an angle formed by the first phalanx portion and the palm plate portion.
  • the first finger joint lock prevents changes in the angle of the first finger joint.
  • the electronic control unit 9 has a storage battery, a motor drive circuit, a control circuit, and the like.
  • the storage battery is a power supply of the mobile suit 100.
  • the storage battery stores electric power supplied to the motor and motor generator of the mobile suit 100.
  • the motor drive circuit generates a current for driving each motor.
  • the control circuit receives detection values of various sensors and controls the motor and the lock unit of the mobile suit 100.
  • the electronic control unit 9 may be divided and disposed, or may be disposed at a place other than the back. By arranging the electronic control unit 9 on the back side, even when the electronic control unit 9 is large, the movement of the limbs of the wearer 90 is less likely to be impeded. In addition, when the electronic control unit 9 is on the back side, it becomes easy for the wearer 90 wearing the mobile suit 100 to balance the center of gravity in front and back.
  • FIG. 23 is a flow chart for explaining the procedure for carrying heavy items by wearing the mobile suit 100.
  • FIG. 24 and FIG. 25 the case of carrying the object 91 and the object 92 will be described.
  • the object 91 places the luggage loading unit 2 on it.
  • the object 92 is raised on the front and placed on the hand 39 directed upward.
  • FIG. 24 and FIG. 25 are a front perspective view and a front view of a mobile suit in which a person wears a package and carries a load.
  • the object 91 is a heavy object to be transported.
  • the object 91 is fixed to the luggage loading unit 2 by a rope or the like (not shown).
  • the object 92 placed on the hand 39 also has a role of a counterweight for balancing with the object 91.
  • the upper body center of gravity can be positioned on the upper body rotation axis even in a posture in which the forward inclination of the upper body of the wearer 90 is small.
  • the object 92 is not fixed to the hand 39, and the wearer 90 holds the side of the object 92 by hand.
  • step S01 the wearer 90 wears the mobile suit 100.
  • a wearer 90 enters the upper body 1 and the lower back 3 from above.
  • the waist connecting belt 17 is passed through a belt provided in the clothes of the wearer 90 to connect the trunk of the wearer 90 and the waist 3.
  • the right foot of the wearer 90 is placed on the right foot main portion 6A and fixed by the foot holding portion 6C.
  • the left foot is fixed to the left foot main body 6A.
  • Each actuator of the mobile suit 100 can be operated in a full support mode.
  • the left and right arms 8 are brought forward and the hand 39 is turned upward.
  • the lengths of the upper arm drive link 41L and the forearm drive link 43L can be changed in the length lock mechanisms 41S and 43S.
  • the electric motor of the arm 8 is rotated by a remote control or the like, and the wearer 90 moves the upper arm frame 37 and the upper arm frame 38.
  • the length lock mechanisms 41S, 43S can not be changed in length.
  • the length lock mechanisms 41S and 43S may not be provided because the length of the actuator can be maintained even if power is not supplied to the motor.
  • the wearer 90 rotates the hand 39 so that the palm of the hand 39 faces in an appropriate direction. Furthermore, if necessary, each motor of the hand 39 is operated by remote control, and the first finger joint and the second finger of the first finger 47, the second finger 48, the third finger 49, and the fourth finger 50 are operated. Make the angle of the finger joint an appropriate angle.
  • a program may be created in advance to make the position and orientation of the arm 8 suitable for carrying an object, and the motors of the motors 41M and 43M and the hand 39 may be controlled by the program.
  • step S03 the object 91 is placed on the load carrying unit 2 and fixed.
  • the person who is not the wearer 90 carries out S03.
  • step S04 the object 92 is placed on the left and right hand portions 39.
  • the object 92 may be placed by a person other than the wearer 90 or may be a wearer 90 handed over the object 92.
  • the order of S03 and S04 may be reversed.
  • the wearer 90 stands up.
  • the waist stress sensor 17S detects that the waist of the wearer 90 generates a force to move the waist 3 upward.
  • the thigh drive actuator 28 and the knee joint drive actuator 33 of both legs operate to lengthen the thigh drive link 28L and the knee joint drive link 33L so that the wearer 90 can stand up.
  • the waist of the wearer 90 does not detect a force to move the waist 3 upward, the lengths of the thigh drive link 28L and the knee joint drive link 33L do not change.
  • step S06 the wearer 90 places the thigh drive actuator 28 and the knee joint drive actuator 33 of both legs in the walking mode.
  • the mode change can be operated by other than the hand of the wearer 90.
  • step S07 the wearer 90 walks and carries the objects 91 and 92.
  • the details of the walking motion will be described later.
  • step S08 the wearer 90 who has arrived at the destination places the thigh drive actuators 28 and the knee joint drive actuators 33 of both legs in the full support mode.
  • step S09 the wearer 90 sits down.
  • the waist stress sensor 17S detects that the waist of the wearer 90 generates a force to move the waist 3 downward.
  • the thigh drive actuator 28 and the knee joint drive actuator 33 of both legs operate.
  • the thigh drive link 28L and the knee joint drive link 33L are shortened so as to move the center of gravity downward slowly.
  • the wearer 90 can sit.
  • the waist stress sensor 17S does not detect the force of the waist of the wearer 90 to move the waist 3 downward.
  • the lengths of the thigh drive link 28L and the knee joint drive link 33L do not change.
  • step S10 the object 91 is lowered from the luggage loading unit 2.
  • a person who is not the wearer 90 carries out S10.
  • step S11 the object 92 is lowered from above the left and right hand portions 39.
  • the person who is not the wearer 90 carries out S11.
  • the order of S10 and S11 may be reversed.
  • step S12 the left and right arms 8 are returned to the reference state.
  • the wearer 90 takes off the mobile suit 100. After carrying multiple objects, the wearer 90 may take off the mobile suit 100.
  • the load (load load) of the objects 91 and 92 and the mobile suit 100 is supported by the upper body 1 of the mobile suit 100, the waist 3 and the two legs 7.
  • the applied load is the sum of the loads applied to the left and right ankle joints J16 that are landed. Therefore, the load does not include the weight of the foot 6 on which the mobile suit 100 is landed.
  • the wearer 90 moves the waist 3 via the waist connecting belt 17 by moving the trunk, and controls the center of gravity of the load to be present at an appropriate position where the mobile suit 100 does not fall down.
  • the load on the line connecting the two ankle joints J16 It is sufficient if the center of gravity exists.
  • the center of gravity of the applied load may be present on the ankle joint J16 of the foot 6 that is landed.
  • a vertical straight line passing through the load center of gravity which is the center of gravity of the load is called a load center of gravity line.
  • the load barycentric line is determined from the line connecting the ankle joint J16 of the two landings 6 or the ankle joint J16 of the foot 6 on which only one is landing. You just have to go through the range.
  • the wearer 90 wearing the mobile suit 100 it is necessary for the wearer 90 wearing the mobile suit 100 to be able to take a posture in which only one of the left and right feet 6 has landed. Whether or not the foot 6 has landed is determined by the magnitude of the reaction force detected by the reaction force sensor 6D. If the reaction force is less than the determined threshold value, it is determined that the landing has not occurred, and if the reaction force is equal to or more than the threshold, it is determined that the landing has occurred.
  • the ground, etc. shall include asphalt roads, concrete quays, outdoor structures such as bridges and towers, floor surfaces of buildings, stairs, roofs and so forth, as well as furniture placed on the floor.
  • the ground etc. include all places where load is transmitted to the surface of the earth.
  • FIGS. 26 to 34 show the case where the wearer 90 wearing the mobile suit 100 stands with one foot, but the same applies to the case where the object is held.
  • 26, 27 and 28 are a perspective view, a front view and a left side view as seen from the front in a state where the mobile suit 100 is worn by a person and the left foot is raised.
  • 29, 30, 31, and 32 are a front view, a left side view, a plan view and a bottom view of the mobile suit 100 in a state where the mobile suit 100 is worn by a person and the left foot is raised.
  • FIG. 33 is a view comparing front views of the mobile suit 100 in a state in which a person wears the mobile suit 100 and lands both feet and a state in which the left foot is raised.
  • FIG. 34 is a diagram comparing the bottom views of the mobile suit 100 in a state in which a person wears the mobile suit 100 and lands both feet and a state in which the left foot is raised.
  • the case of standing with both feet is (A)
  • the case of standing with one foot is (B).
  • a straight line connecting the hip portion J6 and the ankle joint J16 (referred to as a leg straight line) is indicated by a dotted line.
  • a vertical straight line is indicated by an alternate long and short dash line.
  • the leg straight line has a greater inclination in the left-right direction, and the ankle joint J16 is inclined so as to be on the center side in the left-right direction with respect to the hip joint J6.
  • a straight line (referred to as an opening and closing leg) connecting the opening and closing leg shaft J5 and the lower thigh drive link attachment portion J10 is indicated by a dotted line.
  • a straight line parallel to the Y axis is indicated by an alternate long and short dash line.
  • the front side of the opening and closing leg line opens slightly outward with respect to a straight line parallel to the Y axis.
  • the front side of the opening and closing leg line exists inside.
  • the ankle joint J16 comes to the center in the left-right direction. Since the opening and closing leg axis J5 is disposed rearward of the hip joint J6, when standing with one foot, the front side of the opening and closing leg line exists inside in the left-right direction.
  • the wearer 90 moves the trunk to one foot side.
  • the waist 3 moves by the waist connecting belt 17.
  • the thigh open / close leg frame 22, the femur and the lower thigh rotate so that the ankle joint J16 on the side (destination side) to which the trunk moves moves closer to the load barycentric line. Therefore, in the mobile suit 100, it is possible to smoothly and easily change from the state of standing on both feet to the state of standing on only one foot. It is the same whether one leg is right or left.
  • the wearer 90 moves the trunk to one foot side in a state where both feet are landed, and applies a load only to the leg 7 on the side to which the trunk moves. With a load applied to only one leg, the leg 7 with no load applied is lifted and moved forward. Even in the state where only one foot is landing, the wearer 90 can balance by moving the trunk so that the center of gravity of the applied load is on the ankle joint J16 of the foot 6 on which the landing is located. . The wearer 90 lands the ungrounded leg 7 forward. After landing, the trunk is moved so that a load is applied only to the front leg 7. When only the front leg 7 bears the load, the rear leg 7 is raised and moved forward. By repeating such an operation, the wearer 90 wearing the mobile suit 100 walks.
  • the thigh drive actuator 28 and the knee joint drive actuator 33 may use little power to move the position of the load center of gravity.
  • the knee joint drive actuator 33 operates so that the angle of the knee joint J9 becomes appropriate so that the landing leg 7 can support the load.
  • the angle of the hip portion J6 of the landing leg 7 may be changed in accordance with the movement of the load center of gravity. Therefore, the thigh drive actuator 28 may not consume power.
  • the motor generators 28M and 33M rotate in accordance with the movement of the wearer 90, the legs 7 on the non-landing side can generate electric power.
  • the electric power generated by the motor generators 28M and 33M is stored in a storage battery in the electronic control unit 9 or in another place.
  • the field of the motor generators 28M and 33M is set to an appropriate strength so that the burden on the generation of electricity for the wearer 90 is not heavy and the amount of generated electricity is large.
  • the thigh drive link 28L will be described.
  • the length lock mechanism 28S When the length lock mechanism 28S is not operating (locking), when a torque (crotch rotational torque) for rotating the femoral frame 25 relative to the thigh open-close leg frame around the hip joint J6 is applied, the thigh drive link The 28L has the power to change its length.
  • the magnitude of the force for changing the length of the thigh drive link 28L depends on the distance between the hip joint J6 and the thigh drive link 28L.
  • the force for changing the length of the femoral drive link 28L causes the screw rod to rotate and the femoral drive link 28L stretches.
  • a crotch rotational torque equal to or greater than a crotch rotational torque threshold determined from the frictional force at the screw portion is applied, the length of the thigh drive link 28L can be changed.
  • the crotch rotation torque threshold is set smaller than the torque that the wearer 90 can exert, the thigh drive link 28L expands and contracts in accordance with the movement of the wearer 90.
  • the length of the knee joint drive link 33L when the length lock mechanism 33S is not operating, the length of the knee joint drive link 33L can be changed when knee rotation torque equal to or greater than the knee rotation torque threshold is applied.
  • the knee rotation torque threshold is determined from the frictional force at the screw portion of the knee joint drive link 33L.
  • the knee rotation torque is a torque for rotating the lower leg 5 with respect to the femoral frame 25 around the knee joint J9.
  • the knee joint drive link 33L expands and contracts in accordance with the movement of the wearer 90.
  • a control circuit inside the electronic control unit 9 locks the length lock mechanism 33S.
  • the reaction force detected by the reaction force sensor 6D of either the left or right foot portion 6 is less than the threshold.
  • the control circuit controls the length lock mechanism 33S on the side of the foot 6 on which the other reaction force sensor is provided. Lock control unit to operate the
  • the mobile suit 100 Even in the walking mode, if a rapid acceleration occurs so that the wearer 90 does not fall, the mobile suit 100 generates a force in each joint in the direction opposite to the direction in which the acceleration occurs.
  • the wearer 90 can walk on two legs. Even when the wearer 90 holds a heavy item on his / her back or chest side or both, he / she can similarly walk on two legs.
  • the mobile suit 100 supports a load.
  • the wearer 90 can walk on two legs by balancing with the motion of the hips and moving the legs so that one foot moves away from the ground alternately.
  • the power consumption when walking on two legs can be reduced compared to the prior art.
  • a large force is required, such as standing up or lifting a load, the mobile suit 100 exerts a force and the wearer 90 is not loaded.
  • the function of balancing the center of gravity is left to the wearer 90. Therefore, a program for controlling each part of the mobile suit 100 can be created more easily than in the past so that the wearer 90 can walk on two legs.
  • the arm 8 drives the vertical movement only by the actuator, so the structure is simplified.
  • the left-right rotation and holding of the object so as not to fall are left to the wearer 90.
  • the load on the wearer 90 is light because gravity does not apply in the left-right direction.
  • the rotation of the arm in the left-right direction may be driven by an actuator.
  • the human hand can be placed on the palm side of the hand 39 and the hand 39 can support the human hand. Things can be moved or gripped with the sense of a human hand via the hand 39 which is a robot hand. Only the arm 8 can be used as a robot arm.
  • the arm has an upper body, a waist supporting the load from the upper body, and a pair of left and right legs each having a thigh, a lower leg and a foot connected in series to the left and right of the waist Applicable to mobile suits.
  • the arms 8 are provided on the front of the upper body 1, the structure is simpler and lighter than when the arms are taken out from the back.
  • the arm 8 has a compact construction with minimal space and weight on the front. Therefore, it is possible to move with the arm 8 with a thing.
  • Providing an arm on the front makes it easy to balance in the front-rear direction by changing the position of the arm even when carrying a heavy load on the back.
  • the conventional configuration in which the arm hand extends from behind behind the shoulder, the required space is increased, the weight is increased, and a large amount of driving energy is also required.
  • the conventional configuration is very difficult to use from the point of view of space.
  • the devices since the devices are concentrated on the back side, it is a structure in which it is difficult to balance the front and back.
  • the mobile suit according to the present invention is a method of driving a joint portion to which a skeleton is connected by an actuator having a variable length link. Therefore, the joint becomes compact.
  • the mobile suit handles the weight of its own weight and luggage in the mobile suit.
  • the load acting on a person is only the reaction force when moving back and forth.
  • the frame above the waist (upper body) is not in close contact with people.
  • the upper body is automatically controlled such that the center of gravity of the upper body lies on the upper body rotation axis.
  • the upper body rotation axis is a rotation axis on which the upper body portion rotates in the front-rear direction. The operation of this function facilitates the movement of the wearer to balance the center of gravity when carrying heavy goods.
  • the mobile suit according to the present invention can be effectively used in a situation where a heavy load is moved manually at the time of disaster relief, construction or civil engineering work, and the like.
  • Mobile suits can also be used for a long time, such as escorting injured people, unloading equipment, setting work, etc., for more than usual human power. It is also possible for mobile suits to work with heavy protective equipment, such as nuclear power plants, to protect the wearer.
  • FIG. 35 is a front perspective view of a mobile suit 100A according to Embodiment 2 of the present invention.
  • FIG. 36 is a front perspective view of the mobile suit 100A worn by a person.
  • 37 and 38 are a front view and a right side view of the mobile suit 100A.
  • the leg 7A of the mobile suit 100A has the upper knee pad 52 and the lower knee pad 53.
  • the upper knee pad 52 is provided to be present at a predetermined position in the front of the femoral frame 25 near the knee.
  • the below-knee pad 53 is provided to be present at a predetermined position near the knee of the lower leg 5.
  • the upper knee pad 52 and the lower knee pad 53 detect whether the leg of the wearer 90 is in contact.
  • the upper knee pad 52 is provided on the knee joint connection block 28 so as to be located in front of the knee joint connection block 28.
  • the knee pad 52 may be secured to the femoral frame 32. It is a thigh movement detection sensor which is provided at a predetermined position in front of each of the pair of left and right thighs and detects that the legs of the wearer are in contact.
  • the below knee pads 53 are provided on the lower knee block 30 so as to be located in front of the lower knee knee block 30.
  • the below knee pad 53 may be fixed to the lower leg link 31.
  • the lower leg motion detection sensor is provided at a predetermined position in front of each of the left and right lower leg portions and detects that the legs of the wearer are in contact with each other.
  • the operation will be described.
  • the operation of moving the waist 3 according to the movement of the trunk of the wearer 90 by the waist connecting belt 17 is the same as that of the first embodiment. Further, the operation of detecting the vertical stress by the waist stress sensor 17S is also the same.
  • the control circuit inside the electronic control unit 9 is a motor generator so that the thigh drive link 28L becomes short. Drives 28M.
  • the control circuit is a thigh drive link control unit that drives the motor generator 28M that generates a force that changes the length of the thigh drive link 28L.
  • the control circuit inside the electronic control unit 9 drives the motor generator 33M so that the lower leg drive link 33L becomes short.
  • the control circuit is a knee joint drive link control unit that drives a motor generator 33M that generates a force that changes the length of the lower leg drive link 33L.
  • the mobile suit 100A can take a posture more consistent with the posture of the lower body of the wearer 90. As a result, it is possible to reduce the discomfort that the wearer 90 feels to the posture or movement of the mobile suit 100A. Only the upper knee pad 52 or the lower knee pad 53 may be provided.
  • the third embodiment is a case where the first embodiment is modified to further include a seat portion on which the buttocks of the wearer can be placed.
  • the seat is used in a posture in which the waist of the wearer is lower than in the upright state.
  • FIG. 39 is a right side view in which the vicinity of the waist is enlarged with a person wearing the mobile suit 100B according to Embodiment 3 of the present invention.
  • FIG. 40 is an enlarged rear view of the vicinity of the waist with a person wearing the mobile suit 100B.
  • a cloth seat portion 54 is provided on the waist front frame 16B of the mobile suit 100B. Both ends of the seat portion 54 are connected to the widest portions on the left and right of the waist front frame 16B.
  • the seat 54 is always present on the inner side of the waist front frame 16A and the waist rear frame 15A.
  • the wearer 90 pulls out the seat 54 for use. At this time, the length of the variable length link of the actuator of the leg 7 is locked so as not to change.
  • the length of the variable length link of the leg 7 is fixed, the postures of the waist 3 and the leg 7 are also fixed.
  • the wearer 90 can be seated on the seat portion 54 by having the seat portion 54 suspended from the fixed waist portion 3B.
  • the mobile suit 100 does not bear the load on the wearer 90. Conversely, the mobile suit 100 does not have the function of assisting the wearer 90 to hold its posture.
  • the seat 54 of the mobile suit 100B supports the buttocks of the wearer 90 from below. That is, the wearer 90 can sit on the seat portion 54 when it is necessary to take a posture in which the position of the waist is lower than the posture in which the position of the waist is upright (a so-called mid-latitude posture) for a long time.
  • the mobile suit 100B can reduce the load on the wearer 90 when taking a mid-latitude posture.
  • the seat 54 may be suspended from the waist 3B at at least two locations. Also, the seat may be made of resin or metal, and both ends may be rotatably connected to the waist. When the seat portion 54 is not used, it is stored on the back side of the waist. Therefore, the seat does not get in the way when standing or walking. In conjunction with the angle of the knee joint, the angle of the knee joint of the two legs may be detected to have a mechanism for automatically storing the seat.
  • FIGS. 41, 42 and 43 are a front view, a right side view and a plan view of a mobile suit 100C according to the fourth embodiment in a state of being worn by a person.
  • the mobile suit 100C has a transparent screen 55 attached to the upper front of the upper body frame 10C of the upper body 1C.
  • a projector 56 for projecting an image on the transparent screen 55 is provided near the top of the upper body frame 10C.
  • Two projectors 56 allow three-dimensional video to be projected. One projector 56 may be provided.
  • the projected image may be determined by the wearer 90, or the communication function may display the information received by the mobile suit 100C.
  • the transparent screen 55 is fixed to the upper body frame 10C so as to be present in a wide range in front of the wearer 90. Therefore, the wearer 90 can view necessary information with both hands free. Since the transparent screen 55 has a wide field of view, it can display a lot of information. Instructions to the worker, judgment information, procedure instructions, etc. can be transmitted to the wearer 90. Since the transparent screen 55 is transparent, the wearer 90 can also see the surrounding conditions and the like.
  • the transparent screen 55 may be made of tempered glass or the like to protect the wearer from flying objects from the front.
  • Embodiment 5 in place of the thigh drive actuator, the second embodiment is configured such that the femoral portion can be rotated around the hip using two gas springs in which the compressed gas is sealed. It is a case of changing.
  • FIG. 44 is a right side view explaining a structure of a thigh driving mechanism using compressed gas possessed by mobile suit 100D according to the fifth embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 44 shows the case where the gas spring does not generate a force to rotate the femoral frame.
  • FIG. 45 is a view for explaining an operation when the thigh driving mechanism using the compressed gas included in the mobile suit 100D raises the thigh.
  • FIG. 46 is a view for explaining the operation in the case where the thigh driving mechanism using the compressed gas of the mobile suit 100D lowers the thigh.
  • the thigh 4D of the mobile suit 100D has two thigh drive gas springs 57, 58 instead of the thigh drive actuator 28.
  • the other knee-side end of the front thigh drive gas spring 57 is rotatably attached to the thigh femoral drive link attachment portion J25.
  • the other knee-side end of the rear thigh driving gas spring 58 is rotatably attached to the thigh driving link attachment portion J26.
  • the thigh side thigh drive link attachment parts J25, J26 are provided on the femoral frame 25D.
  • One end on the lumbar side of the thigh drive gas spring 57, 58 is connected by the thigh drive link connection part 59.
  • the thigh drive gas springs 57 and 58 and the thigh drive link connection part 59 exist outside the femoral frame 25D in the left-right direction.
  • one guide projection 59A, 59B (shown by a dotted line) is provided on the inner side in the left-right direction.
  • the guide projections 59A, 59B enter the grooves of the grooved link end guide rails 60 and can move along the link end guide rails 60.
  • the link end guide rail 60 is provided on the outer side in the left-right direction of the thigh opening and closing leg frame 22D.
  • the link end guide rail 60 is represented by an arc of a two-dot chain line in order to express the figure briefly. Further, in the drawing, the moving angle of the thigh drive link connecting portion 59 on the link end guide rail 60 is drawn larger than the actual angle.
  • the thigh drive gas spring 57, 58 is a thigh drive link that generates a force to compress and seal the gas and increase its length.
  • the guide projections 59A, 59B are waist-side thigh drive link attachment portions to which one end of each of the thigh drive gas springs 57, 58 is rotatably attached.
  • the thigh driving gas springs 57, 58 rotate the femoral frame 25D about the hip joint J6.
  • the link end guide rail 60 is a thigh drive link end guide rail provided on the thigh opening and closing leg frame 22D and on which the guide protrusions 59A and 59B move.
  • the thigh drive link connection portion 59 fixes the guide protrusions 59A, 59B at a predetermined interval.
  • the femoral drive link connection portion 59 and the guide projections 59A, 59B are on the front side of the femoral frame 25D
  • the femoral drive gas springs 57, 58 extend to thereby generate the femoral frame 25D and the hip joint.
  • Part J6 can be moved down. In this manner, by moving the waist side link ends of the thigh driving gas springs 57, 58 along the rails, the hip joint portion J6 can be rotated in both directions using the extending gas spring.
  • gas spring By using the gas spring, it is possible to drive the hip of the mobile suit using the energy of the gas enclosed in advance.
  • Gas springs can also be used in other joints, such as shoulder joints.
  • a driving method that does not use power during operation is called a passive driving method.
  • the driving method using a gas spring is a passive driving method.
  • the thigh drive link connection 59 may be moved manually, or the mobile suit may be provided with a moving mechanism.
  • the thigh drive gas spring may be one. By using two, the movement distance on the link end guide rail 60 for generating the same force can be made shorter than in the case of one.
  • an imbalance in extension force is generated by making the directions of the two gas springs different from the direction of the femoral frame by human power or weight transfer. Unbalance in extension force is converted to leg shaft torque. It is possible to control the direction of rotational force of the leg shaft of the gas spring by consciously controlling the direction of occurrence of this unbalance or naturally controlling it by movement during walking. That is, the generation timing of the assist force can be controlled as needed. Thereby, the motion assistance of the lower body of the wearer 90 is possible by the passive drive method which does not use a power supply.
  • the link end guide rail 60 defines a trajectory when the thigh drive link connection portion 59 moves.
  • the link end guide rail 60 is arranged so that the guide projection 59 moves with the same curvature as the radius of gyration of the gas spring. By doing so, it is possible to keep the reaction force at the time of the movement of the guide projection 59 constant as a sliding reaction force or a rolling reaction force. It is possible for the wearer 90 to be able to easily change the position of the gas spring by conscious human power (moving back and forth of the hand). By changing the position of the gas spring, it is possible to intentionally reverse the assist force in the vertical rotation direction of the leg.
  • the operation when it is desired to weaken or strengthen the force generated by the gas spring can be consciously changed by the wearer 90. Being able to change the force generated by the gas spring by the wearer 90 is one way to eliminate the difficulty of using the mobile suit under no-load condition generally known.
  • FIG. 47 is a cross-sectional view for explaining the structure of a variable-length link provided in an actuator used in the mobile suit according to the sixth embodiment of the present invention.
  • the actuator 20Z has a variable-length link 20LZ and a motor 20M.
  • the variable-length link 20LZ includes a cylinder 20H, a piston 20J, a pipe 20K, and a pump 20N.
  • the cylinder 20H is filled with a liquid such as mineral oil.
  • the piston 20J divides the inside of the cylinder 20H into a first chamber 20P and a second chamber 20Q. As the piston 20J moves, the volumes of the first chamber 20P and the second chamber 20Q change. The sum of the volume of the first chamber 20P and the volume of the second chamber 20Q is constant.
  • the pipe 20K connects the first chamber 20P and the second chamber 20Q.
  • the pipe 20K is filled with a liquid.
  • the pump 20N is provided in the middle of the pipe 20K.
  • the pump 20N is driven by the motor 20M.
  • the pump 20N can move the liquid from the first room 20P to the second room 20Q, and can move the liquid from the second room 20Q to the first room 20P.
  • One end of the piston 20J can be attached to the chest central link attachment portion J5.
  • One end of the cylinder 20H is attached to the waist center link attachment portion J10.
  • the piston 20J moves in a direction approaching the chest central link attachment portion J5.
  • the piston 20J moves away from the chest central link attachment portion J5. If the liquid does not move between the first chamber 20P and the second chamber 20Q, the position of the piston 20J does not change.
  • the length of the variable-length link 20LZ can be changed, and an arbitrary length within the movable range can be maintained.
  • an actuator using a hydraulic mechanism can be used instead of a screw-based actuator using a screw rod 20A or the like.
  • the control of each drive shaft can also control each linear actuator in the same manner as the control of each shaft rotation of an electric drive motor, and can be replaced as it is.
  • Embodiment 7 The seventh embodiment is the case where the upper connection destination of the knee joint drive link is changed to the thigh opening-closing leg frame instead of the femoral frame.
  • Seventh Embodiment A structure of a mobile suit according to a seventh embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. 48 and 49 are perspective views of the mobile suit 100E as viewed from the front or the rear. A front view, a right side view, a plan view and a bottom view of the mobile suit 100E are shown in FIGS. 50, 51, 52 and 53, respectively.
  • FIG. 54 is a right side view below the waist of the mobile suit. The differences between the mobile suit 100E and the mobile suit 100 according to the first embodiment will be described.
  • One end of a knee joint drive link 33LE of the knee joint drive actuator 33E is rotatably attached to the thigh opening and closing leg frame 22E.
  • a yoke provided at one end of the knee joint drive link 33LE sandwiches the thigh opening and closing leg frame 22E.
  • the thigh drive actuator 28 and the knee joint drive actuator 33E are both connected to the thigh opening and closing leg frame 22E on the side of the waist 3.
  • the thigh drive actuator 28 and the knee joint drive actuator 33E are connected to the femur so as to sandwich from the front and back.
  • the knee joint drive actuator 33 E is also connected to the lower leg 5.
  • FIG. 55 is a schematic diagram for explaining the link arrangement for moving the femur in the left leg of the mobile suit.
  • FIG. 55 (A) is a right side view schematically showing the link arrangement in the reference state.
  • FIG. 55 (B) is a right side view schematically showing a link arrangement in a state in which the thigh drive link 28L is shortened from the reference state.
  • FIG. 55 (C) is a right side view schematically showing link arrangement in a state in which the thigh drive link 28L is elongated from the reference state. It is assumed that the length of the knee joint drive link 33LE is not changed. As shown in FIG.
  • the angle that the femoral frame 25E makes with the vertical direction is represented by a variable ⁇ .
  • the angle between the thigh and lower leg 5 at the knee joint J9 is represented by a variable ⁇ .
  • the angle which the lower leg 5 makes with the vertical direction is represented by a variable ⁇ .
  • the relationship of ⁇ + ⁇ + ⁇ 180 ° always holds.
  • the angle ⁇ of the lower leg 5 is 14 °.
  • the angle ⁇ of the lower leg 5 is 15 °.
  • the angles of both the hip joint J6 and the knee joint J9 change. If only the thigh drive link 28L is lengthened, the angle ⁇ of the hip joint J6 decreases and the angle ⁇ of the knee joint J9 increases. When only the thigh drive link 28L is shortened, the angle ⁇ of the hip joint J6 increases and the angle ⁇ of the knee joint J9 decreases.
  • the coefficient (sensitivity) between the change in the length of the thigh drive link 28L and the change in the angle ⁇ of the hip joint J6 and the angle ⁇ of the knee joint J9 changes according to the length of the thigh drive link 28L.
  • the sensitivity of the angle ⁇ of the knee joint J9 to changes in the length of the thigh drive link 28L also depends on the length of the knee drive link 33LE.
  • FIG. 56 is a schematic diagram for explaining the link arrangement for moving the knee joint in the left leg of the mobile suit.
  • FIG. 56 (A) is a right side view schematically showing the link arrangement in the reference state. In FIG. 56 (A) and FIG. 55 (A), the angle of each joint is the same.
  • FIG. 56 (B) is a right side view schematically showing link arrangement in a state in which the knee joint drive link 33LE is shortened from the reference state.
  • FIG. 56 (C) is a right side view schematically showing link arrangement in a state in which the knee joint drive link 33LE is elongated from the reference state. It is assumed that the length of the thigh drive link 28L is not changed.
  • the angle ⁇ of the knee joint J9 increases.
  • the angle ⁇ of the knee joint J9 decreases. Even if the length of the knee joint drive link 33LE changes, the angle ⁇ of the hip joint J6 does not change.
  • the sensitivity of the angle ⁇ of the knee joint J9 to the change in the length of the knee joint drive link 33LE changes with the length of the knee joint drive link 33LE.
  • the force to increase the angle of the knee joint J6 is generated only when the knee joint drive link 33L is long.
  • the force to increase the angle of the knee joint J6 works also in the case where the thigh drive link 28L becomes long in addition to the case where the knee joint drive link 33L becomes long. That is, the angle of the knee joint J6 is determined by the lengths of the knee joint drive link 33L and the thigh drive link 28L. Therefore, it is easier for the mobile suit 100E to maintain the angle of the knee joint J9 during bipedal walking.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Oral & Maxillofacial Surgery (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
  • Vascular Medicine (AREA)
  • Cardiology (AREA)
  • Transplantation (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Robotics (AREA)
  • Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
  • Manipulator (AREA)
  • Prostheses (AREA)
  • Rehabilitation Tools (AREA)

Abstract

It is difficult to develop a program which enables bipedal walking in a conventional motion assisting device which is capable of bipedal walking. The present invention is provided with: an object holding part 2 that holds an object 91; an upper body part 1 that supports the weight from the object holding part 2; a waist part 3 that is connected to the upper body part 1 so as to be rotatable around an upper body rotation axis which is parallel to a waist part reference surface and that bears the weight from the upper body part 1; a wearer motion transmission part 17 that moves the waist part 3 according to the movement of the torso of a wearer 90; a thigh opening/closing leg part 22 that is connected to each of the left and right of the waist part 3 so as to be rotatable around an opening/closing leg shaft J5 which crosses the waist part reference surface; a thigh bone part 25 having one end connected to the thigh opening/closing leg shaft 22; a lower leg part 5 having one end connected to the other end of the thigh bone part 25; and a foot part 6 that is connected to the other end of the lower leg part 5 and moves together with a wearer's foot, wherein the wearer 90 moves the waist part 3 by means of the wearer's motion transmission part 17 and it is thus possible to control the position of the load center of gravity, which is center of gravity of the load weight, namely the sum of the weight applied to the left and right ankle joints J9 that make contact with the ground.

Description

動作補助装置Motion auxiliary device

 本発明は、負荷が大きい作業をする人が着用して、人の負荷を軽減させる動作補助装置に関する。 The present invention relates to a motion assisting device worn by a person who performs heavy work to reduce the burden on the person.

 人が着用して、人の動きに合わせて人が出す力を増大させる力を発生させるパワードアシストスーツが開発されている。パワードアシストスーツは、重量物を扱う、同じ姿勢を長時間とるなど、負荷が大きい作業をする人の負荷を軽減するために使用される。また、人の指示によりスーツが出す力だけで重量物を扱うモビルスーツも開発されている。 A powered assist suit has been developed which is worn by a person and generates a force which increases the force exerted by the person in accordance with the movement of the person. Powered Assist Suits are used to reduce the load on people who work heavily, such as handling heavy loads and taking the same posture for a long time. Also, mobile suits have been developed that handle heavy objects with only the power of the suit at the direction of a person.

 重量物を保持して歩けるようなパワードアシストスーツが開発されている(例えば、特許文献1、非特許文献1)。重量物を保持するアームが、背中や背面から支持されるモビルスーツが開発されている(特許文献2)。 A powered assist suit that can walk while holding a heavy object has been developed (e.g., Patent Document 1, Non-patent Document 1). There has been developed a mobile suit in which an arm for holding a heavy load is supported from the back and the back (Patent Document 2).

特開2016-78179号Unexamined-Japanese-Patent No. 2016-78179 特許第6008836号Patent No. 6008836

村田 直史ほか、「重作業向けパワーアシストスーツの開発-ロボットのパワーと人の器用さの両立-」、三菱重工技報 Vol.53 No.4 (2016)Murata Naofumi et al., "Development of Power Assist Suit for Heavy Work-Balancing Robot Power and Human Dexterity", Mitsubishi Heavy Industries Technical Review Vol. 53 No. 4 (2016)

 従来の2足歩行ができるパワードアシストスーツでは、センサで人の動きを検知し、複雑な計算をして各アクチュエータが発生するトルクを計算し、計算したトルクを各アクチュエータで発生させる。そうすることで、2足歩行を可能としている。そのため、従来のパワードアシストスーツでは、2足歩行させるプログラムを開発することが難しかった。 In a conventional powered assist suit that can walk on two legs, a sensor detects human movement, performs complicated calculations to calculate the torque generated by each actuator, and generates the calculated torque at each actuator. By doing so, bipedal walking is possible. Therefore, in the conventional powered assist suit, it was difficult to develop a program for walking on two legs.

 アームが背中や背面から支持される構造では、装置が大掛かりになり、モビルスーツの重量が重くなる。 In the structure where the arm is supported from the back and back, the device becomes large and the weight of the mobile suit becomes heavy.

 この発明は上記の問題点を解決するためになされたものであり、2足歩行させるプログラムを開発することが従来よりも容易な動作補助装置を得ることを目的とする。 The present invention has been made to solve the above-mentioned problems, and it is an object of the present invention to provide a motion assisting device which is easier to develop a program for walking on two legs than in the prior art.

 この発明に係る動作補助装置は、物体を保持する物体保持部と、物体保持部からの荷重を支える上体部と、腰部基準面を有し腰部基準面に平行な上体回転軸の回りに回転可能に上体部に接続し上体部からの荷重を支える腰部と、着用者の体幹の移動に応じて腰部を移動させる着用者動作伝達部とを備える。さらに、腰部基準面と交差する開閉脚軸の回りに回転可能に腰部の左右にそれぞれ接続する大腿開閉脚部と、大腿開閉脚部に一端が接続する大腿骨部と、大腿骨部と大腿開閉脚部とがなす角度を変更可能に大腿骨部の一端を大腿開閉脚部に接続する股関節部と、股関節部とは異なる位置で大腿開閉脚部に回転可能に一端が接続され、他端が大腿骨部に回転可能に接続される長さが変更可能な大腿駆動リンクと、大腿骨部の他端に一端が接続する下腿部と、下腿部と大腿骨部とがなす角度を変更可能に下腿部の一端を大腿骨部に接続する膝関節部と、一端が大腿骨部または大腿開閉脚部に回転可能に接続され、他端が下腿部に回転可能に接続される長さが変更可能な膝関節駆動リンクと、下腿部の他端に接続し、着用者の足とともに移動する足部と、下腿部の他端を足部に3回転自由度で回転可能に接続する足首関節部とを備える。動作補助装置は、着用者が着用者動作伝達部により腰部を移動させることで、着地している左右の足首関節部にかかる荷重の合計である負荷荷重の重心である負荷重心の位置を制御できるものである。 The motion assistance device according to the present invention includes an object holding unit that holds an object, an upper body unit that supports a load from the object holding unit, and a waist reference surface, and around an upper body rotation axis parallel to the waist reference surface. A waist portion rotatably connected to the upper body portion and supporting a load from the upper body portion, and a wearer operation transmission portion moving the waist portion according to the movement of the trunk of the wearer. Furthermore, a thigh opening and closing leg connected rotatably to the left and right of the waist around the opening and closing leg axis intersecting the waist reference surface, a thigh connected to one end to the thigh opening and closing leg, a thigh and a thigh opening and closing One end is rotatably connected to the thigh opening and closing leg at a position different from the hip joint, and the hip joint connecting one end of the thigh to the thigh opening and closing leg so that the angle between the leg and the leg can be changed Change the angle formed by the thigh drive link whose length can be changed rotatably connected to the femur part, the lower leg connected to the other end of the femoral part, and the lower leg and the femoral part A knee joint that allows one end of the lower leg to be connected to the femur at one end, and a length that is rotatably connected at one end to the femoral or the thigh opening / closing leg and the other end to be connected rotatably to the lower leg Knee joint drive link that can be changed, and the other leg connected to the other end of the lower leg, moving with the wearer's foot When, and a ankle joint for connecting rotatably the other end of the lower leg 3 rotational degrees of freedom to the foot. The movement assistance device can control the position of the load center of gravity, which is the gravity center of the applied load, which is the sum of the loads applied to the left and right ankle joints by the wearer moving the waist by the wearer movement transmitting unit. It is a thing.

 この発明によれば、2足歩行させるプログラムを開発することが従来よりも容易な動作補助装置を得ることができる。 According to the present invention, it is possible to obtain a motion assisting device which is easier to develop a program for walking on two legs than in the prior art.

この発明の実施の形態1に係るモビルスーツの前方から見た斜視図である。It is the perspective view seen from the front of the mobile suit which concerns on Embodiment 1 of this invention. 実施の形態1に係るモビルスーツの後方から見た斜視図である。FIG. 2 is a perspective view of the mobile suit according to the first embodiment as viewed from the rear. 実施の形態1に係るモビルスーツを人が着用した状態での前方から見た斜視図である。It is the perspective view seen from the front in the state where a person wore the mobile suit concerning Embodiment 1. FIG. 実施の形態1に係るモビルスーツを人が着用した状態での後方から見た斜視図である。It is the perspective view seen from the back in the state where a person wore the mobile suit concerning Embodiment 1. FIG. 実施の形態1に係るモビルスーツの正面図である。FIG. 1 is a front view of a mobile suit according to a first embodiment. 実施の形態1に係るモビルスーツの右側面図である。FIG. 2 is a right side view of the mobile suit according to the first embodiment. 実施の形態1に係るモビルスーツの平面図である。FIG. 1 is a plan view of a mobile suit according to a first embodiment. 実施の形態1に係るモビルスーツの底面図である。FIG. 2 is a bottom view of the mobile suit according to the first embodiment. 実施の形態1に係るモビルスーツの腰から上の右側面図である。FIG. 2 is a right side view from above the waist of the mobile suit according to the first embodiment. 実施の形態1に係るモビルスーツの腰から上の後方から見た斜視図である。FIG. 2 is a perspective view of the mobile suit according to the first embodiment, viewed from the rear and above from the waist. 実施の形態1に係るモビルスーツの腰から上の前方から見た斜視図である。FIG. 2 is a perspective view of the mobile suit according to the first embodiment as viewed from the front on the waist. 実施の形態1に係るモビルスーツの腰から下の正面図である。FIG. 2 is a front view below the waist of the mobile suit according to the first embodiment. 実施の形態1に係るモビルスーツの腰から下の右側面図である。FIG. 2 is a right side view from below the waist of the mobile suit according to the first embodiment. 実施の形態1に係るモビルスーツの腰から下の前方から見た斜視図である。FIG. 2 is a perspective view of the mobile suit according to the first embodiment as viewed from the lower front of the waist. 実施の形態1に係るモビルスーツが有する腕部を示す拡大右側面図である。FIG. 5 is an enlarged right side view showing an arm portion of the mobile suit according to the first embodiment. 実施の形態1に係るモビルスーツで使用されるアクチュエータが有する可変長リンクの構造を説明する断面図である。FIG. 5 is a cross-sectional view for explaining the structure of a variable-length link that the actuator used in the mobile suit according to the first embodiment has. 実施の形態1に係るモビルスーツの左の脚部での大腿骨部および膝関節部を動かすリンク配置を説明する模式図である。FIG. 7 is a schematic view for explaining a link arrangement for moving the femur and the knee joint at the left leg of the mobile suit according to the first embodiment. 実施の形態1に係るモビルスーツの下腿部を2本のガススプリングで構成することの効果を説明する図である。It is a figure explaining the effect of comprising the lower thigh part of the mobile suit which concerns on Embodiment 1 by two gas springs. 実施の形態1に係るモビルスーツの腕部の位置と方向を変更するためのリンク配置を説明する模式図である。FIG. 7 is a schematic view illustrating a link arrangement for changing the position and the direction of the arm of the mobile suit according to the first embodiment. 実施の形態1に係るモビルスーツが有する左の手部の正面図である。5 is a front view of the left hand portion of the mobile suit according to Embodiment 1. FIG. 実施の形態1に係るモビルスーツが有する左の手部の裏面図である。FIG. 5 is a back view of the left hand portion of the mobile suit according to the first embodiment. 実施の形態1に係るモビルスーツが有する左の手部を対向可能指部が存在しない側から見た側面図である。It is the side view which looked at the left hand part which the mobile suit which concerns on Embodiment 1 has, and the side which can not have an opposite possible finger part. 実施の形態1に係るモビルスーツを着用して重量物を運搬する手順を説明するフローチャートである。It is a flowchart explaining the procedure which wears the mobile suit which concerns on Embodiment 1, and conveys a heavy load. 実施の形態1に係るモビルスーツを人が着用して荷物を運搬している状態での前方から見た斜視図である。It is the perspective view seen from the front in the state which a person wears the mobile suit which concerns on Embodiment 1, and is carrying a load. 実施の形態1に係るモビルスーツを人が着用して荷物を運搬している状態での正面図である。It is a front view in the state where a person wears the mobile suit which concerns on Embodiment 1, and is carrying a load. 実施の形態1に係るモビルスーツを人が着用して左足を上げた状態での前方から見た斜視図である。It is the perspective view seen from the front in the state which a person wore the mobile suit which concerns on Embodiment 1, and raised the left leg. 実施の形態1に係るモビルスーツを人が着用して左足を上げた状態での正面図である。It is a front view in the state where a person wore the mobile suit which concerns on Embodiment 1, and raised the left leg. 実施の形態1に係るモビルスーツを人が着用して左足を上げた状態での左側面図である。FIG. 6 is a left side view of a state in which a person wears the mobile suit according to the first embodiment and the left foot is raised. 実施の形態1に係るモビルスーツを人が着用して左足を上げた状態でのモビルスーツの正面図である。FIG. 5 is a front view of the mobile suit in a state where a person wears the mobile suit according to the first embodiment and the left foot is raised. 実施の形態1に係るモビルスーツを人が着用して左足を上げた状態でのモビルスーツの左側面図である。FIG. 7 is a left side view of the mobile suit in a state where a person wears the mobile suit according to the first embodiment and the left foot is raised. 実施の形態1に係るモビルスーツを人が着用して左足を上げた状態でのモビルスーツの平面図である。FIG. 6 is a plan view of the mobile suit in a state where a person wears the mobile suit according to the first embodiment and the left foot is raised. 実施の形態1に係るモビルスーツを人が着用して左足を上げた状態でのモビルスーツの底面図である。FIG. 6 is a bottom view of the mobile suit in a state where a person wears the mobile suit according to the first embodiment and the left foot is raised. 実施の形態1に係るモビルスーツを人が着用して両足を着地した状態と左足を上げた状態でのモビルスーツの正面図を比較する図である。It is a figure which compares the front view of the mobile suit in the state which people wore the mobile suit which concerns on Embodiment 1, and which landed both feet, and the state which raised the left leg. 実施の形態1に係るモビルスーツを人が着用して両足を着地した状態と左足を上げた状態でのモビルスーツの底面図を比較する図である。It is a figure which compares the bottom view of a mobile suit in the state where a person wears the mobile suit concerning Embodiment 1, and lands both feet, and the state which raised the left foot. この発明の実施の形態2に係るモビルスーツの前方から見た斜視図である。It is the perspective view seen from the front of the mobile suit which concerns on Embodiment 2 of this invention. 実施の形態2に係るモビルスーツを人が着用した状態での前方から見た斜視図である。It is the perspective view seen from the front in the state where a person wore the mobile suit concerning Embodiment 2. FIG. 実施の形態2に係るモビルスーツの正面図である。FIG. 7 is a front view of a mobile suit according to a second embodiment. 実施の形態2に係るモビルスーツの右側面図である。10 is a right side view of the mobile suit according to Embodiment 2. FIG. この発明の実施の形態3に係るモビルスーツを人が着用した状態での腰部付近を拡大した右側面図である。It is the right view which expanded the waist part vicinity in the state where a person wore the mobile suit concerning Embodiment 3 of this invention. 実施の形態3に係るモビルスーツを人が着用した状態での腰部付近を拡大した背面図である。It is the rear view which expanded the waist part vicinity in the state where the person wore the mobile suit concerning Embodiment 3. FIG. この発明の実施の形態4に係るモビルスーツを人が着用した状態での正面図である。It is a front view in the state where a person wore the mobile suit concerning Embodiment 4 of this invention. 実施の形態4に係るモビルスーツを人が着用した状態での右側面図である。It is a right view in the state where a person wore the mobile suit concerning Embodiment 4. FIG. 実施の形態4に係るモビルスーツを人が着用した状態での平面図である。FIG. 21 is a plan view of a mobile suit according to a fourth embodiment in a state where a person wears it. この発明の実施の形態5に係るモビルスーツが有する圧縮ガスを利用した大腿駆動機構の構造を説明する右側面図である。It is a right view explaining the structure of the thigh drive mechanism using the compressed gas which the mobile suit which concerns on Embodiment 5 of this invention uses. 実施の形態5に係るモビルスーツが有する圧縮ガスを利用した大腿駆動機構が大腿部を上げる場合の動作を説明する図である。It is a figure explaining the operation | movement in case the thigh drive mechanism using the compressed gas which the mobile suit which concerns on Embodiment 5 utilizes raises a thigh. 実施の形態5に係るモビルスーツが有する圧縮ガスを利用した大腿駆動機構が大腿部を下げる場合の動作を説明する図である。It is a figure explaining the operation | movement in case the thigh drive mechanism using the compressed gas which the mobile suit which concerns on Embodiment 5 utilizes lowers a thigh. この発明の実施の形態6に係るモビルスーツで使用されるアクチュエータが有する可変長リンクの構造を説明する断面図である。It is sectional drawing explaining the structure of the variable-length link which the actuator used with the mobile suit which concerns on Embodiment 6 of this invention has. この発明の実施の形態7に係るモビルスーツの前方から見た斜視図である。It is the perspective view seen from the front of the mobile suit which concerns on Embodiment 7 of this invention. 実施の形態7に係るモビルスーツの後方から見た斜視図である。FIG. 21 is a perspective view of a mobile suit according to a seventh embodiment as viewed from the rear. 実施の形態7に係るモビルスーツの正面図である。FIG. 21 is a front view of a mobile suit according to a seventh embodiment. 実施の形態7に係るモビルスーツの右側面図である。FIG. 21 is a right side view of the mobile suit according to the seventh embodiment. 実施の形態7に係るモビルスーツの平面図である。FIG. 21 is a plan view of a mobile suit according to a seventh embodiment. 実施の形態7に係るモビルスーツの底面図である。FIG. 21 is a bottom view of the mobile suit according to the seventh embodiment. 実施の形態7に係るモビルスーツの腰から下の右側面図である。FIG. 21 is a right side view from below the waist of the mobile suit according to the seventh embodiment. 実施の形態7に係るモビルスーツの左の脚部での大腿骨部を動かすリンク配置を説明する模式図である。FIG. 21 is a schematic view for explaining a link arrangement for moving the femur in the left leg of the mobile suit according to the seventh embodiment. 実施の形態7に係るモビルスーツの左の脚部での膝関節部を動かすリンク配置を説明する模式図である。FIG. 21 is a schematic view for explaining a link arrangement for moving a knee joint in the left leg of the mobile suit according to the seventh embodiment.

 実施の形態1.
 図1から図15を参照して、この発明の実施の形態1に係るモビルスーツの構造を説明する。これらの図では、モビルスーツ100を着用した着用者90が直立した姿勢をとる状態での図である。着用者90が直立した姿勢をとる状態を、基準状態と呼ぶ。図1および図2は、モビルスーツ100の前方または後方から見た斜視図である。図3および図4は、モビルスーツ100を人が着用した状態での前方または後方から見た斜視図である。モビルスーツ100の正面図、右側面図、平面図および底面図を、それぞれ図5、図6、図7および図8に示す。図9、図10および図11は、モビルスーツの腰から上の右側面図、後方から見た斜視図および前方から見た斜視図である。図12、図13および図14は、モビルスーツの腰から下の正面図、右側面図および前方から見た斜視図である。図15は、モビルスーツが有する腕部を示す拡大右側面図である。
Embodiment 1
The structure of the mobile suit according to the first embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. In these figures, the figure shows the wearer 90 wearing the mobile suit 100 in an upright posture. A state in which the wearer 90 takes an upright posture is referred to as a reference state. 1 and 2 are perspective views of the mobile suit 100 as viewed from the front or the rear. FIGS. 3 and 4 are perspective views of the mobile suit 100 as seen from the front or the rear when worn by a person. A front view, a right side view, a top view and a bottom view of the mobile suit 100 are shown in FIG. 5, FIG. 6, FIG. 7 and FIG. 8, respectively. 9, 10 and 11 are a right side view from above the waist of the mobile suit, a perspective view from the rear and a perspective view from the front. 12, 13 and 14 are a front view, a right side view and a perspective view seen from the front of the lower part of the mobile suit, respectively. FIG. 15 is an enlarged right side view showing the arm portion of the mobile suit.

 モビルスーツ100の左右方向の軸をX軸とし、前後方向をY軸とし、高さ方向をZ軸とする。右から左への向きをX軸の正の向きとし、前から後への向きをY軸の正の向きとし、下から上への向きをZ軸の正の向きとする。 The axis in the lateral direction of the mobile suit 100 is taken as an X axis, the longitudinal direction as a Y axis, and the height direction as a Z axis. The direction from right to left is the positive direction of the X axis, the direction from front to back is the positive direction of the Y axis, and the direction from the bottom to the top is the positive direction of the Z axis.

 モビルスーツ100は、上体部1、荷物積載部2、腰部3、2本の脚部7、2本の腕部8および電子制御部9を有する。上体部1は、モビルスーツ100を着用する人である着用者90の上体を囲む。荷物を積載するための荷物積載部2は、上体部1の背中側に設けられる。腰部3は、上体部1の下方にあって上体部1を回転可能に支持する。2本の脚部7のそれぞれは、腰部3の左右に下に向かって接続する。2本の脚部7のそれぞれは、大腿部4、下腿部5および足部6を有する。大腿部4、下腿部5および足部6は、腰部3から直列に接続する。腕部8は、上体部2の前方に取り付けられる。電子制御部9は、上体部9の背中側に配置される。この明細書で、足とは足首よりも下の部分のことである。モビルスーツ100は、立ち上がる、歩くなどの動作を着用者がする際に着用者を補助する動作補助装置である。 The mobile suit 100 includes an upper body 1, a luggage loading unit 2, a waist 3, three legs 7, two arms 8 and an electronic control unit 9. The upper body 1 surrounds the upper body of a wearer 90 who is a person wearing the mobile suit 100. A luggage loading unit 2 for loading luggage is provided on the back side of the upper body 1. The waist 3 is below the upper body 1 and rotatably supports the upper body 1. Each of the two legs 7 is connected downward to the left and right of the waist 3. Each of the two legs 7 has a thigh 4, a lower leg 5 and a foot 6. The thighs 4, the lower legs 5 and the feet 6 are connected in series from the waist 3. The arm 8 is attached to the front of the upper body 2. The electronic control unit 9 is disposed on the back side of the upper body 9. In this specification, the foot is the part below the ankle. The mobile suit 100 is an operation assisting device that assists the wearer when the wearer performs an operation such as standing up or walking.

 図3および図4に示すように、着用者90の上体は上体部1の内部に位置する。上体部1の両側面から着用者90の腕が出で、上側からは頭が出る。腰部3は、着用者90の腰と連結される。大腿部4および下腿部5は、着用者90の外側に位置する。着用者90の足は、足部6の上側に固定される。着用者90は、腰と両足だけでモビルスーツ100と連結される。 As shown in FIGS. 3 and 4, the upper body of the wearer 90 is located inside the upper body 1. The arms of the wearer 90 come out from both sides of the upper body part 1 and the head comes out from the upper side. The waist 3 is connected to the waist of the wearer 90. The thighs 4 and the lower legs 5 are located outside the wearer 90. The foot of the wearer 90 is fixed on the upper side of the foot 6. The wearer 90 is connected to the mobile suit 100 only at the waist and feet.

 上体部1は、2個の上体フレーム10、背部連結フレーム11、胸側バンド12および2個の積載部連結フレーム13を有する。上体フレーム10の外形は、側面から見ると長方形の上部に半円を下部に三角を加えた図形の形状である。前後方向から見ると、2個の上体フレーム10の間隔は、側面からみて長方形および半円の部分が、側面から見て三角の部分よりも狭くなっている。2個の上体フレーム10は、上側の間隔が狭い部分および下側の間隔の広い部分で、それぞれ平行である。上体フレーム10は、このような形状の外形になるように、断面が円筒のフレームが折れ曲がっている。他のフレームも、断面が円筒のフレームである。背部連結フレーム11は、2個の上体フレーム10を背中側で連結する。胸側バンド12は、2個の上体フレーム10を胸側で連結する。2個の積載部連結フレーム13のそれぞれは、2個の上体フレーム10のそれぞれから後側に出る。背部連結フレーム11は、2個の上体フレーム10の同じ高さの位置を連結する。背部連結フレーム11は、その中央部が下がるように折れ曲がった形状である。積載部連結フレーム13は、背部連結フレーム11と上体フレーム10の接続部付近で後側斜め下に突き出た短い棒状のフレームである。上体フレーム10は、積載部連結フレーム13と接続する位置の少し下で左右方向の外側に開く。胸側バンド12は、その中央部で分離および結合できる。上体フレーム10の上方前側の曲線部分に沿って、荷物などをかけるための肩掛け金具14が設けられている。肩掛け金具14は、その断面が凹部を有する形状である。 The upper body portion 1 has two upper body frames 10, a back connection frame 11, a chest band 12, and two loading portion connection frames 13. The outer shape of the body frame 10 is a shape of a figure in which a semicircle is added to the upper part of a rectangle and a triangle is added to the lower part when viewed from the side. When viewed from the front-rear direction, the distance between the two upper body frames 10 is such that the rectangular and semicircular portions are narrower than the triangular portions as viewed from the side. The two upper body frames 10 are parallel to each other in the upper part with a narrow space and the lower part with a wide space. In the upper body frame 10, a frame having a cylindrical cross section is bent so as to be an outer shape of such a shape. Other frames are also cylindrical in cross section. The back connection frame 11 connects the two upper body frames 10 on the back side. The chest band 12 connects the two upper body frames 10 on the chest side. Each of the two loading unit connecting frames 13 exits from each of the two upper body frames 10 to the rear side. The back connection frame 11 connects the two upper body frames 10 at the same height. The back connection frame 11 is bent in such a way that its central portion is lowered. The loading unit connecting frame 13 is a short rod-like frame that protrudes rearward and obliquely downward in the vicinity of the connection portion between the back connecting frame 11 and the upper body frame 10. The upper body frame 10 opens to the outside in the left-right direction slightly below the position where it is connected to the loading unit connecting frame 13. The chest band 12 can be separated and joined at its central portion. Along the upper front curve portion of the upper body frame 10, a shoulder strap 14 is provided for loading luggage or the like. The shoulder strap 14 is shaped such that its cross section has a recess.

 荷物積載部2は、後方から見ると略U字状のフレームである。U字の開いた側で、荷物積載部2は積載部連結フレーム13と接続する。積載部連結フレーム13の先端には、荷物積載部2の端が回転可能に接続する積載部接続部J1が設けられる。2個の積載部接続部J1は、同じ高さで同一直線上に設けられる。そのため、2個の積載部接続部J1を通る仮想的な回転軸(X軸に平行)の回りを、荷物積載部2が積載部連結フレーム13に対して回転できる。荷物積載部2が積載部連結フレーム13に対して回転できる角度には、上限がある。積載部接続部J1は、回転角度範囲を制限するストッパを有する。ストッパは、荷物積載部2が上体フレーム10に垂直になる角度以上は回転しないように積載部接続部J1の回転角度を制限する。なお、物体を積載するのではなく、物体を吊り下げる形で保持するようにしてもよい。荷物積載部2は、物体を保持する物体保持部である。荷物積載部2からの荷重は、上体部1により支えられる。 The luggage loading unit 2 is a substantially U-shaped frame when viewed from the rear. The luggage loading unit 2 is connected to the loading unit connecting frame 13 on the open side of the U-shape. A loading portion connection portion J1 to which the end of the load loading portion 2 is rotatably connected is provided at the tip of the loading portion connection frame 13. The two loading unit connections J1 are provided on the same straight line at the same height. Therefore, the luggage loading unit 2 can rotate with respect to the loading unit connection frame 13 around the virtual rotation axis (parallel to the X axis) passing through the two loading unit connections J1. There is an upper limit to the angle at which the luggage loading unit 2 can rotate with respect to the loading unit connection frame 13. The loading portion connection portion J1 has a stopper that limits the rotation angle range. The stopper limits the rotation angle of the loading portion connection portion J1 so that the load loading portion 2 does not rotate more than the angle at which the load loading portion 2 is perpendicular to the upper body frame 10. Note that instead of loading an object, the object may be held in a suspended manner. The luggage loading unit 2 is an object holding unit that holds an object. The load from the luggage loading unit 2 is supported by the upper body 1.

 積載部接続部J1は、積載部連結フレーム13および荷物積載部2に設けられた穴を通る軸部材を両側から板状の部材で挟む構造である。軸部材を回転可能に保持する穴または突起が設けられた互いに対向する部材を、ヨークと呼ぶ。積載部接続部J1は、軸部材が回転する際の抵抗を低減するベアリングを有する。積載部連結フレーム13と荷物積載部2とを回転可能に接続するものであれば、積載部接続部J1は、どのようなものでもよい。以上のことは、2つの部材を回転可能に接続する他の接続部に関しても同様である。 The loading portion connection portion J1 has a structure in which a shaft member passing through a hole provided in the loading portion connection frame 13 and the load loading portion 2 is sandwiched by plate-like members from both sides. Opposing members provided with holes or protrusions for rotatably holding the shaft members are called yokes. The loading portion connection portion J1 has a bearing that reduces the resistance when the shaft member rotates. As long as the loading portion connecting frame 13 and the load loading portion 2 are rotatably connected, the loading portion connection portion J1 may be any type. The same is true for the other connections that rotatably connect the two members.

 腰部3は、板状の腰背面フレーム15、板状の腰前面フレーム16、および2本の腰連結ベルト17を有する。腰背面フレーム15は、着用者90の背中側に存在する。腰前面フレーム16は、着用者90の側面側および前面側に存在する。腰前面フレーム16は、腰背面フレーム15の中央部の2点で腰背面フレーム15と接続する。2本の腰連結ベルト17のそれぞれは、着用者90の体幹と接続される。体幹とは、人の体において腕、脚、首および頭を除いた部分である。腰背面フレーム15および腰前面フレーム16を上から見ると、腰背面フレーム15の中央部と腰前面フレーム16とで略楕円が形成される。腰部3の形状は、楕円と、その楕円の背面側で左右に腰背面フレーム15が出る形状である。 The waist 3 has a plate-like waist back frame 15, a plate-like waist front frame 16, and two waist connection belts 17. The waist back frame 15 exists on the back side of the wearer 90. The waist front frame 16 is present on the side and the front of the wearer 90. The waist front frame 16 is connected to the waist back frame 15 at two points in the center of the waist back frame 15. Each of the two waist connection belts 17 is connected to the trunk of the wearer 90. The trunk is the part of the human body excluding the arms, legs, neck and head. When the waist back frame 15 and the waist front frame 16 are viewed from above, a central portion of the waist back frame 15 and the waist front frame 16 form a substantially oval. The shape of the waist 3 is an ellipse and a shape in which the waist back frame 15 protrudes left and right on the back side of the ellipse.

 腰背面フレーム15および腰前面フレーム16の上端は、同一平面上にある。この平面を腰部基準面と呼ぶ。腰部基準面は、腰部3の形状を表現する上で基準となる面である。腰部基準面は、腰部3と上体部1および大腿部4との関係を規定する上も基準となる面として使用する。腰部基準面は、2個の上体フレーム10の下端を結ぶ直線すなわち上体部1の下端に平行である。なお、腰背面フレーム15および腰前面フレーム16の上端に高さの違いがあるため、上端すべてが存在するような平面が無い場合は、腰部基準面を腰部3の適切な位置に設定する。 The upper ends of the waist back frame 15 and the waist front frame 16 are coplanar. This plane is called the waist reference plane. The waist reference surface is a surface that serves as a reference in expressing the shape of the waist 3. The waist reference surface is used as a reference surface also in defining the relationship between the waist 3 and the upper body 1 and the thigh 4. The waist reference plane is parallel to a straight line connecting lower ends of the two upper body frames 10, that is, the lower end of the upper body 1. Since there is a difference in height at the upper ends of the waist back frame 15 and the waist front frame 16, if there is no plane where all the upper ends exist, the waist reference plane is set at an appropriate position of the waist 3.

 2本の腰連結ベルト17は、着用者90を左右から挟み、着用者90が着ている衣服と連結する。腰連結ベルト17は、着用者90の体幹の移動に応じて腰部3を移動させる着用者動作伝達部である。また、腰連結ベルト17の腰背面フレーム15および腰前面フレーム16との接続部で発生する応力を検出する腰応力センサ17S(図示せず)が、腰連結ベルト17には設けられている。 The two waist connecting belts 17 sandwich the wearer 90 from the left and right, and connect with the clothes worn by the wearer 90. The waist connecting belt 17 is a wearer operation transmission unit that moves the waist 3 in accordance with the movement of the trunk of the wearer 90. Further, a waist stress sensor 17S (not shown) is provided on the waist connection belt 17 to detect a stress generated at a connection portion of the waist connection belt 17 with the waist back frame 15 and the waist front frame 16.

 上から見て腰前面フレーム16の左右方向に最も幅が広くなる位置の少し背中側の位置に、上体フレーム10と接続する2個の板状の上体接続突起18が上に向けて設けられている。上体接続突起18は平行であり、着用者90を挟んで対向している。上体接続突起18には、上体腰接続部J2が設けられる。上体腰接続部J2には、上体フレーム10の下側の三角形の頂点部分が回転可能に接続する。2個の上体腰接続部J2は、同じ高さで同一直線上に設けられる。そのため、2個の上体腰接続部J2を通る仮想的な回転軸(X軸に平行)の回りを、上体フレーム10を含む上体部1が腰前面フレーム16すなわち腰部3に対して回転できる。2個の上体腰接続部J2により構成される仮想的な回転軸を上体回転軸と呼ぶ。図10に点線で示す回転軸が上体回転軸である。上体回転軸は、腰部基準面と平行である。 Two plate-like upper body connection projections 18 connected to the upper body frame 10 are provided upward at a slightly back position of the widest position in the left-right direction of the waist front frame 16 as viewed from above. It is done. The upper body connection protrusions 18 are parallel and face each other across the wearer 90. The upper body connection projection 18 is provided with an upper body waist connection portion J2. The lower end triangular portion of the upper body frame 10 is rotatably connected to the upper body waist connection portion J2. The two upper body waist connections J2 are provided on the same straight line at the same height. Therefore, the upper body portion 1 including the upper body frame 10 rotates relative to the waist front frame 16 or the waist portion 3 around the virtual rotation axis (parallel to the X axis) passing through the two upper body waist connections J2. it can. A virtual rotation axis constituted by the two upper body waist connection portions J2 is referred to as a body rotation axis. The rotation axis shown by a dotted line in FIG. 10 is the upper body rotation axis. The upper body rotation axis is parallel to the lumbar reference plane.

 腰背面フレーム15の左右方向の中央から後方に背面中央突起部19が設けられる。背面中央突起部19と背部連結フレーム11との間には、上体アクチュエータ20が設けられる。上体アクチュエータ20は、上体重心線が上体回転軸から決められた範囲内を通るように制御する。上体重心線とは、腰部3が上体部2から受ける荷重の重心である上体重心を通る鉛直な直線である。 A back central projection 19 is provided rearward from the center in the left-right direction of the waist back frame 15. An upper body actuator 20 is provided between the back central projection 19 and the back connection frame 11. The upper body actuator 20 controls the upper body center of gravity line to pass within a predetermined range from the upper body rotation axis. The upper body center of gravity line is a vertical straight line passing through the upper body center of gravity which is the center of gravity of the load which the waist 3 receives from the upper body portion 2.

 背部連結フレーム11には、上体側リンク取付部J3が設けられる。上体側リンク取付部J3すなわち上体部1には、上体アクチュエータ20が有する長さが変更可能な上体駆動リンク20Lの一端が1回転自由度で回転可能に接続される。上体側リンク取付部J3は、背部連結フレーム11の中央に設けられる。 The back connection frame 11 is provided with an upper body side link attachment portion J3. One end of an upper-body drive link 20L whose length can be changed by the upper-body actuator 20 is rotatably connected to the upper-body-side link attachment portion J3, that is, the upper-body portion 1 with one rotational freedom. The upper body side link attachment portion J3 is provided at the center of the back connection frame 11.

 背面中央突起部19には、腰側リンク取付部J4が設けられる。腰側リンク取付部J4すなわち腰部3には、上体駆動リンク20Lの他端が1回転自由度で回転可能に接続される。上体側リンク取付部J3および腰側リンク取付部J4の回転軸は、X軸に平行である。上体駆動リンク20LはYZ平面上に存在する。 A waist side link attachment portion J4 is provided on the back central projection 19. The other end of the body drive link 20L is rotatably connected to the lumbar-side link attachment portion J4, that is, the lumbar portion 3 with one rotational freedom. The rotation axes of the upper body side link attachment portion J3 and the waist side link attachment portion J4 are parallel to the X axis. The upper body drive link 20L exists on the YZ plane.

 上体アクチュエータ20は、上体駆動リンク20Lと、電動機20Mとを有する。上体駆動リンク20Lは、その一端が上体側リンク取付部J3に回転可能に接続され、他端が腰側リンク取付部J4に回転可能に接続される。電動機20Mは、上体駆動リンク20Lの長さを変更する力を発生させる動力源である。上体駆動リンク20Lは、長さが変更可能な可変長リンクである。図には上体駆動リンク20Lおよび電動機20Mの符号を図示し、上体アクチュエータ20の符号は図示しない。他のアクチュエータに関しても同様である。 The upper body actuator 20 has an upper body drive link 20L and a motor 20M. One end of the upper body drive link 20L is rotatably connected to the upper body side link attachment portion J3, and the other end is rotatably connected to the waist side link attachment portion J4. The motor 20M is a power source that generates a force that changes the length of the upper body drive link 20L. The upper body drive link 20L is a variable-length link whose length can be changed. In the drawing, reference numerals of the upper body drive link 20L and the electric motor 20M are illustrated, and reference numerals of the upper body actuator 20 are not illustrated. The same applies to the other actuators.

 上体駆動リンク20Lには、荷重センサ21(図示せず)が設けられている。荷重センサ21は、上体駆動リンク20Lに働く圧縮力または引張力を計測する。上体アクチュエータ20は、荷重センサ21が計測する力の絶対値が決められた閾値未満になるように、上体駆動リンク20Lの長さを変化させる。圧縮力で閾値未満になるように、上体駆動リンク20Lの長さを変化させてもよい。そうすることで、上体重心線が上体回転軸から決められた範囲を通るようにできる。その理由は、上体重心線が上体回転軸を通る場合には、上体部2にかかる荷重はすべて上体腰接続部J2にかかり、上体駆動リンク20Lに働く力がゼロになるからである。上体駆動リンク20Lに働く力の絶対値が決められた閾値未満である場合は、閾値に対応する決められた上限距離未満の距離だけ上体回転軸から離れた位置を上体重心線が通ることになる。荷重センサ21以外の手段で、上体重心線が上体回転軸から決められた上限距離より近い範囲を通るかどうかを検出するようにしてもよい。 The upper body drive link 20L is provided with a load sensor 21 (not shown). The load sensor 21 measures the compressive force or tensile force acting on the upper body drive link 20L. The upper body actuator 20 changes the length of the upper body drive link 20L so that the absolute value of the force measured by the load sensor 21 is less than the determined threshold value. The length of the upper body drive link 20L may be changed so that the compression force is less than the threshold. By doing so, the body center of gravity line can be made to pass through the determined range from the body rotation axis. The reason is that, when the upper body center of gravity line passes through the upper body rotation axis, all the load applied to the upper body portion 2 is applied to the upper body waist connection J2 and the force acting on the upper body drive link 20L becomes zero. It is. When the absolute value of the force acting on upper body drive link 20L is less than the determined threshold value, the upper body gravity center line passes a position away from the upper body rotation axis by a distance less than the determined upper limit distance corresponding to the threshold value. It will be. It may be detected by means other than the load sensor 21 whether or not the body center of gravity line passes a range closer to the upper limit distance determined from the body rotation axis.

 モビルスーツ100が有するアクチュエータは、動作させるかどうか、動作させる場合の動作モードを着用者90が決められる。ただし、上体アクチュエータ20は、積載部2に物体が載っている状態では、着用者90が動作をロックする(動作させなくする)操作はできないとする。
 動作モードとしては、フルサポートモードと歩行モードがある。フルサポートモードでは、着用者90の動作を補助するように、モビルスーツ100の各アクチュエータが動作する。歩行モードでは、モビルスーツ100を着用者90が2足歩行ができるように各アクチュエータが動作する。
Whether the actuator of the mobile suit 100 is to be operated or not is determined by the wearer 90 as to the operation mode in which it is to be operated. However, it is assumed that the upper body actuator 20 can not perform an operation of locking the operation (stopping the operation) when the object is placed on the loading unit 2.
There are a full support mode and a walk mode as an operation mode. In the full support mode, each actuator of the mobile suit 100 operates to assist the movement of the wearer 90. In the walking mode, each actuator operates so that the wearer 90 of the mobile suit 100 can walk on two legs.

 図16を参照して、上体駆動リンク20Lの構造を説明する。他のアクチュエータが有する可変長リンクも同様な構造である。図16は、アクチュエータが有する可変長リンクの構造を説明する断面図である。図16には、断面表示しない電動機20Mも示す。電動機20Mと円筒20Cとは、互いの位置関係が固定されている。上体アクチュエータ20は、ねじ棒20A、ナット20B、円筒20C、ナット位置固定部20D、ナット回転保持部20Eおよびナットギヤ20Fを有する。ねじ棒20Aは、側面に雄ねじが設けられた断面が円形の棒である。ナット20Bは、ねじ棒20Aとかみ合う雌ねじが内面に設けられた貫通穴を有する部材である。ねじ棒20Aとナット20Bとの間のねじは、ボールネジや台ねじなどの回転時の摩擦が小さいものを使用する。円筒20Cは、ねじ棒20Aの一部およびナット20Bを内部に収容する。ナット位置固定部20Dは、ねじ棒20Aの軸方向において円筒20Cに対するナット20Bの位置を固定する。ナット回転保持部20Eは、ナット20Bを円筒20Cに対して回転可能に保持する。ナットギヤ20Fは、ナット20Bと共に回転するギヤである。 The structure of the upper body drive link 20L will be described with reference to FIG. Variable-length links that other actuators have have the same structure. FIG. 16 is a cross-sectional view for explaining the structure of a variable-length link that the actuator has. FIG. 16 also shows a motor 20M which is not displayed in cross section. The positional relationship between the motor 20M and the cylinder 20C is fixed to each other. The upper body actuator 20 includes a threaded rod 20A, a nut 20B, a cylinder 20C, a nut position fixing portion 20D, a nut rotation holding portion 20E, and a nut gear 20F. The threaded rod 20A is a rod with a circular cross section, provided with an external thread on the side. The nut 20B is a member having a through hole provided on its inner surface with an internal thread that engages with the screw rod 20A. The screw between the screw rod 20A and the nut 20B uses a ball screw, a base screw or the like having a small friction during rotation. The cylinder 20C accommodates a portion of the threaded rod 20A and the nut 20B therein. The nut position fixing portion 20D fixes the position of the nut 20B with respect to the cylinder 20C in the axial direction of the screw rod 20A. The nut rotation holding portion 20E rotatably holds the nut 20B relative to the cylinder 20C. The nut gear 20F is a gear that rotates with the nut 20B.

 ナット位置固定部20Dは、円筒20Cの周方向の内側に設けられた3つの突起である。ナット20Bの側にも、ナット20Bに対して軸方向に位置が固定された周方向の突起が設けられている。ナット20Bの側に設けられた突起は、ナット回転保持部20Eと、ナット回転保持部20Eとナットギヤ20Fの間に設けられた突起である。ナット位置固定部20Dは、ナット20Bの側の突起を挟むように設けられる。ナット位置固定部20Dは、ナット回転保持部20Eの両側と、ナットギヤ20Fと隣接する位置に、円筒20Cの周方向の突起として設けられる。ナット位置固定部20Dは、ねじ棒20Aの軸方向での円筒20Cに対するナット20Bの相対位置を固定するものであれば、どのようなものでもよい。ねじ棒20Aの軸方向は、円筒20Cの長さ方向でもある。 The nut position fixing portion 20D is three protrusions provided on the inner side in the circumferential direction of the cylinder 20C. Also on the side of the nut 20B, a circumferential protrusion whose position is fixed in the axial direction with respect to the nut 20B is provided. The protrusions provided on the side of the nut 20B are a nut rotation holding portion 20E, and a protrusion provided between the nut rotation holding portion 20E and the nut gear 20F. The nut position fixing portion 20D is provided so as to sandwich the protrusion on the side of the nut 20B. The nut position fixing portion 20D is provided as a protrusion in the circumferential direction of the cylinder 20C on both sides of the nut rotation holding portion 20E and at a position adjacent to the nut gear 20F. The nut position fixing portion 20D may be anything as long as it fixes the relative position of the nut 20B to the cylinder 20C in the axial direction of the screw rod 20A. The axial direction of the threaded rod 20A is also the longitudinal direction of the cylinder 20C.

 ナットギヤ20Fは、円筒20Cの外側に配置される。ナットギヤ20Fは、電動機20Mの回転軸に設けられた駆動ギヤ20Gとかみ合う。駆動ギヤ20Gが回転すると、ナットギヤ20Fおよびナット20Bが回転する。ナット20Bが回転すると、ナット20Bはねじ棒20Aに対して移動することになる。ナット20Bの位置は円筒20Cの長さ方向に対して固定されている。そのため、ナット20Bが回転すると、ねじ棒20Aがナット20Bおよび円筒20Cに対して移動する。電動機20Mの回転をナット20Bに伝えるために、ギヤではなくタイミングベルトなどを使用してもよい。 The nut gear 20F is disposed outside the cylinder 20C. The nut gear 20F meshes with a drive gear 20G provided on the rotation shaft of the motor 20M. When the drive gear 20G rotates, the nut gear 20F and the nut 20B rotate. When the nut 20B rotates, the nut 20B moves relative to the threaded rod 20A. The position of the nut 20B is fixed with respect to the longitudinal direction of the cylinder 20C. Therefore, when the nut 20B rotates, the screw rod 20A moves relative to the nut 20B and the cylinder 20C. Instead of gears, a timing belt or the like may be used to transmit the rotation of the motor 20M to the nut 20B.

 ねじ棒20Aの一端が、腰側リンク取付部J4により、背面中央突起部19すなわち腰部3に回転可能に取付けられる。円筒20Cの一端が、上体側リンク取付部J3により、背部連結フレーム11すなわち上体部1に取付けられる。ねじ棒20Aが円筒20Cから出る方向に移動すると、上体側リンク取付部J3と腰側リンク取付部J4の距離が長くなる。ねじ棒20Aが円筒20Cに入る方向に移動すると、上体側リンク取付部J3と腰側リンク取付部J4の距離が短くなる。このように、上体駆動リンク20Lはその長さが変更可能であり、その両端が取付けられる2点間の距離を変更できる。 One end of the screw rod 20A is rotatably attached to the back central projection 19 or the waist 3 by the waist link attachment J4. One end of the cylinder 20C is attached to the back connection frame 11 or the upper body 1 by the upper link attachment J3. When the screw rod 20A moves in the direction of coming out of the cylinder 20C, the distance between the upper body side link attachment portion J3 and the waist side link attachment portion J4 becomes longer. When the screw rod 20A moves in the direction to enter the cylinder 20C, the distance between the upper body side link attachment portion J3 and the waist side link attachment portion J4 becomes short. Thus, the length of the upper body drive link 20L can be changed, and the distance between the two points to which both ends are attached can be changed.

 上体駆動リンク20Lが有するねじ棒20Aの側の端は、腰部3ではなく、上体部1に取付けられてもよい。その場合には、円筒20Cは、腰部3に取付けられる。雄ねじが設けられたねじ棒20Aは、その一端が上体駆動リンク20Lの両端を取付けるための2個のリンク取付部のどちらかに取付けられる。円筒20Cの一端は、2個のリンク取付部の中で、ねじ棒20Aが取付けられていないリンク取付部に取付けられる。 The end by the side of screw rod 20A which upper part drive link 20L has may be attached not to waist part 3 but to upper part 1. In that case, the cylinder 20 </ b> C is attached to the waist 3. The threaded rod 20A provided with an external thread is attached to one of two link attachment portions for attaching the both ends of the upper body drive link 20L at one end thereof. One end of the cylinder 20C is attached to the link attachment portion to which the screw rod 20A is not attached among the two link attachment portions.

 ナット20Bは、ねじ棒20Aに設けられた雄ねじとかみ合う雌ねじが内面に設けられた貫通穴を有する。ナット20Bは、電動機20Mからの力が伝えられて回転する回転部材である。円筒20Cは、ねじ棒20Aおよびナット20Bを収容する筒である。ナット位置固定部20Dは、ねじ棒20Aの軸方向での円筒20Cに対するナット20Bの相対位置を固定する回転部材位置固定部である。ナット回転保持部20Eは、ナット20Bと円筒20Cの間に設けられて、ナット20Bを円筒20Cに対して回転可能に保持する回転部材保持部である。回転部材保持部を有するので、可変長リンクである上体駆動リンク20Lは軸方向の回りの回転を可能とする1回転自由度を有する。なお、上体駆動リンク20Lはその両端が1回転自由度で接続されるので、上体駆動リンク20Lをねじるような力はかからない。よって、上体駆動リンク20Lは、ナット回転保持部20Eを有しないものでもよい。 The nut 20B has a through hole provided on its inner surface with an internal thread that engages with an external thread provided on the threaded rod 20A. The nut 20B is a rotating member that is rotated by the transmission of the force from the motor 20M. The cylinder 20C is a cylinder that accommodates the threaded rod 20A and the nut 20B. The nut position fixing portion 20D is a rotating member position fixing portion that fixes the relative position of the nut 20B to the cylinder 20C in the axial direction of the screw rod 20A. The nut rotation holding portion 20E is a rotating member holding portion provided between the nut 20B and the cylinder 20C and rotatably holding the nut 20B with respect to the cylinder 20C. Since the rotary member holding portion is provided, the upper drive link 20L, which is a variable-length link, has one rotation degree of freedom that allows rotation around the axial direction. In addition, since the upper body drive link 20L is connected at its both ends with one rotational degree of freedom, no force is applied to twist the upper body drive link 20L. Thus, the upper body drive link 20L may not have the nut rotation holding portion 20E.

 ねじ棒およびナットを収容する筒は、角筒でもよく、平面と曲面が組み合わさった形状の断面を持つものでもよい。長さ方向で筒の径が変化してもよい。ねじ棒の一端が回転可能に取り付けられ、筒または電動機の端を回転可能に取付けられるものであれば、可変長リンクの両端はどのような構造でもよい。取付具を介して筒または電動機側の端を取付けてもよい。筒の端部でない部分をリンク取付部に取付けてもよい。その場合には、リンク取付部に取付けられる筒の箇所までが可変長リンクであり、可変長リンクの一端がリンク取付部に取付けられることになる。 The cylinder for accommodating the threaded rod and the nut may be a square cylinder, or may have a cross-section with a combination of flat and curved surfaces. The diameter of the tube may change in the longitudinal direction. Both ends of the variable-length link may be of any structure as long as one end of the threaded rod is rotatably mounted and the end of the cylinder or motor is rotatably mounted. The end on the cylinder or motor side may be attached via the attachment. The non-end portion of the tube may be attached to the link attachment. In that case, the portion of the cylinder attached to the link attachment portion is the variable length link, and one end of the variable length link is attached to the link attachment portion.

 モビルスーツ100の腰部3の構造の説明に戻る。図8に示すように、腰背面フレーム15の左右の端には、開閉脚軸J5が設けられる。開閉脚軸J5は、脚部7を左右方向に開脚または閉脚するように回転させる回転軸である。開閉脚軸J5は、腰背面フレーム15の左右の端に設けられた軸が腰部基準面に垂直な円筒の中を、ベアリングを介して棒状の大腿開閉脚フレーム22が通る構成である。なお、開閉脚軸J5は腰部基準面に対して垂直でなくてもよく、左右が対称になるような位置で、腰部基準面に対して垂直に近く決められた角度で交差してもよい。開閉脚軸J5は、腰部3に大腿開閉脚フレーム22を回転可能に接続する。大腿開閉脚フレーム22は、腰部の左右に設けられた開閉脚軸J5のそれぞれに接続する大腿開閉脚部である。 The description returns to the structure of the lumbar 3 of the mobile suit 100. As shown in FIG. 8, at the left and right ends of the lower back surface frame 15, an opening and closing leg axis J5 is provided. The open / close leg axis J5 is a rotation axis that rotates the leg 7 to open or close in the left-right direction. The opening and closing leg shaft J5 has a configuration in which the rod-like thigh opening and closing leg frame 22 passes through a bearing, with the axis provided at the left and right ends of the waist back frame 15 perpendicular to the waist reference surface. The opening / closing leg axis J5 may not be perpendicular to the waist reference surface, and may intersect at a predetermined angle substantially perpendicular to the waist reference surface at a position where the left and right are symmetrical. The opening and closing leg shaft J5 rotatably connects the thigh opening and closing leg frame 22 to the waist 3. The thigh opening and closing leg frame 22 is a thigh opening and closing leg portion connected to each of the opening and closing leg shafts J5 provided on the left and right of the waist.

 図13に示すように、大腿開閉脚フレーム22は、開閉脚軸J5を通る部分の上下で折れ曲がっている。大腿開閉脚フレーム22は、開閉脚軸J5の下側で90度折れ曲がり、前方に伸び、上体腰接続部J2の下側付近で斜め上側に曲がる。斜め上側に曲がった大腿開閉脚フレーム22は、腰前面フレーム16の前後方向の少し後ろ側の位置まで、前方斜め上方向に延在する。大腿開閉脚フレーム22は、開閉脚軸J5の上側で90度折れ曲がり、短く後方に延在する。図7に示すように、大腿開閉脚フレーム22は、上から見るとほぼ1直線になるように延在する。 As shown in FIG. 13, the thigh opening and closing leg frame 22 is bent at the upper and lower portions of a portion passing through the opening and closing leg axis J5. The thigh opening and closing leg frame 22 bends 90 degrees at the lower side of the opening and closing leg axis J5, extends forward, and bends obliquely upward near the lower side of the body waist connection J2. The thigh open / close leg frame 22 bent obliquely upward extends forward and obliquely upward to a position slightly behind in the front-rear direction of the waist front frame 16. The thigh opening and closing leg frame 22 bends 90 degrees on the upper side of the opening and closing leg axis J5, and extends short and backward. As shown in FIG. 7, the thigh opening / closing leg frame 22 extends so as to be substantially in a straight line when viewed from above.

 開閉脚軸J5を中心に大腿開閉脚フレーム22が回転することで、脚部7が左右方向に移動する。すなわち、脚部7が開脚したり閉脚したりする。開閉脚軸J5の回りに脚部7全体が向く方向を変更できるので、容易に歩く方向を変更できる。また、2足歩行で重心位置を左右の足の間で移動させることが容易になる。 By rotating the thigh opening and closing leg frame 22 around the opening and closing leg axis J5, the leg portion 7 moves in the left and right direction. That is, the legs 7 open and close. Since the direction in which the entire leg portion 7 is directed can be changed around the opening / closing leg axis J5, the walking direction can be easily changed. In addition, it becomes easy to move the center of gravity position between the left and right legs by bipedal walking.

 大腿開閉脚フレーム22の背面側の端と腰背面フレーム15との間には、開閉脚バネ23が設けられる。開閉脚バネ23は、開閉脚軸J5を中心に大腿開閉脚フレーム22が回転した後で元の状態に戻す力を発生させる。大腿開閉脚フレーム22の背面側の端には、脚側バネ取付部J7が設けられる。脚側バネ取付部J7には、開閉脚バネ23の一端が回転可能に取付けられる。腰背面フレーム15の背面中央突起部19の左右の両側に、バネ取付用突起24が設けられる。バネ取付用突起24の先端には、腰側バネ取付部J8が設けられる。腰側バネ取付部J8には、開閉脚バネ23の他端が回転可能に取付けられる。開閉脚バネ23の強さは、着用者90の力により伸縮できるように、かつ外力が無くなった時に元の長さに戻れるように適切に調整しておく。 An open / close leg spring 23 is provided between the rear end of the thigh open / close leg frame 22 and the lumbar back frame 15. The open / close leg spring 23 generates a force to return to the original state after the thigh open / close leg frame 22 rotates around the open / close leg axis J5. At the rear end of the thigh opening / closing leg frame 22, a leg spring attachment portion J7 is provided. One end of an open / close leg spring 23 is rotatably attached to the leg side spring attachment portion J7. Spring attachment protrusions 24 are provided on both the left and right sides of the back central projection 19 of the waist back frame 15. A waist side spring attachment portion J8 is provided at the tip of the spring attachment projection 24. The other end of the open / close leg spring 23 is rotatably attached to the lumbar spring attachment portion J8. The strength of the open / close leg spring 23 is appropriately adjusted so as to be able to expand and contract by the force of the wearer 90 and to return to the original length when the external force disappears.

 開閉脚バネ23は、長さが変更可能な腰部リンクである。脚側バネ取付部J7は、大腿開閉脚フレーム22に設けられた脚側腰部リンク取付部である。腰側バネ取付部J8は、腰部3に設けられた腰側腰部リンク取付部である。 The opening and closing leg spring 23 is a lumbar link whose length can be changed. The leg side spring attachment portion J7 is a leg side lumbar link attachment portion provided on the thigh opening and closing leg frame 22. The waist side spring attachment portion J <b> 8 is a waist side waist portion link attachment portion provided on the waist portion 3.

 大腿開閉脚フレーム22の上体腰接続部J2の下側付近で折れ曲がる部分には、股関節部J6が設けられる。股関節部J6は、大腿骨フレーム25の一端を大腿開閉脚フレーム22に回転可能に接続する。股関節部J6は、腰部基準面に平行な回転軸の回りに大腿骨フレーム25すなわち大腿部4が回転する。脚部7において1回転自由度で回転可能に接続する接続部では、回転軸はすべて股関節部J6の回転軸に平行である。 A hip joint portion J6 is provided at a portion which is bent near the lower side of the upper body waist connection portion J2 of the thigh opening and closing leg frame 22. The hip joint J6 rotatably connects one end of the femoral frame 25 to the thigh open / close leg frame 22. In the hip joint J6, the femoral frame 25 or the thigh 4 rotates around a rotation axis parallel to the waist reference plane. In the connection portion connected rotatably in one rotation degree of freedom in the leg portion 7, all the rotation axes are parallel to the rotation axis of the hip joint portion J6.

 大腿骨フレーム25は、細長い板状の部材である。基準状態では、大腿骨フレーム25は前方斜め下に伸びて、大腿開閉脚フレーム22の前方側の端の真下あたりで下腿部5の一端と接続する。膝関節部J9は、大腿骨フレーム25の他端と下腿部5の一端とを接続する。板状の大腿骨フレーム25の他端は、直方体状の膝関節接続ブロック26に接続する。膝関節接続ブロック26は、2枚の膝側大腿板27で挟まれる。大腿骨フレーム25、膝関節接続ブロック26および膝側大腿板27は、股関節部J6の回転軸に平行な方向から見ると一直線になる。大腿骨フレーム25、膝関節接続ブロック26および膝側大腿板27は、一端が大腿開閉脚フレーム22に接続し他端が下腿部5に接続する大腿骨部を構成する。股関節部J6は、大腿骨部と大腿開閉脚フレーム22とがなす角度を変更可能に大腿骨部の一端を大腿開閉脚フレーム22に接続する。 The femoral frame 25 is an elongated plate-like member. In the reference state, the femoral frame 25 extends diagonally forward and downward, and is connected to one end of the lower leg 5 just below the front end of the thigh open / close leg frame 22. The knee joint J9 connects the other end of the femoral frame 25 and one end of the lower leg 5. The other end of the plate-like femoral frame 25 is connected to a rectangular parallelepiped knee joint connection block 26. The knee joint connection block 26 is sandwiched by two knee thigh plates 27. The femoral frame 25, the knee joint connecting block 26, and the knee thigh plate 27 are aligned when viewed in a direction parallel to the rotation axis of the hip joint J6. The femoral frame 25, the knee joint connection block 26 and the knee-side thigh plate 27 constitute a femoral portion having one end connected to the thigh opening and closing leg frame 22 and the other end connected to the lower leg 5. The hip joint J6 connects one end of the thigh to the thigh opening / closing frame 22 so that the angle formed by the thigh and the thigh opening / closing leg frame 22 can be changed.

 大腿開閉脚フレーム22の前方側の端には、腰側大腿駆動リンク取付部J10が設けられる。腰側大腿駆動リンク取付部J10の取付位置は、股関節部から離れた位置である。腰側大腿駆動リンク取付部J10には、股関節部J6を中心に大腿骨フレーム25を回転させるための大腿駆動リンク28Lの一端が回転可能に取付けられる。長さが変更可能な可変長リンクである大腿駆動リンク28Lは、電動発電機28Mとともに大腿駆動アクチュエータ28を構成する。電動発電機28Mは、電力が供給されて大腿駆動リンク28Lのねじ棒28A(符号は図に示さない)を回転させる。電動発電機28Mは、ねじ棒28Aが回転すると、ねじ棒28Aにより回転させられて電力を発生させる。他の電動発電機も同様である。大腿駆動アクチュエータ28は、大腿駆動リンク28Lの長さが変化することを防止する長さロック機構28S(図示せず)を有する。長さロック機構28Sは、大腿駆動リンク28Lの長さが変化することを防止するための膝関節ロック部である。 A waist-side thigh drive link attachment portion J10 is provided at the front end of the thigh opening / closing leg frame 22. The mounting position of the lumbar thigh drive link mounting portion J10 is a position away from the hip joint. One end of a thigh drive link 28L for rotating the femoral frame 25 about the hip joint portion J6 is rotatably attached to the lumbar thigh drive link attachment portion J10. The thigh drive link 28L, which is a variable length link whose length can be changed, constitutes the thigh drive actuator 28 together with the motor generator 28M. Electric power is supplied to the motor generator 28M to rotate the threaded rod 28A (reference numeral is not shown) of the thigh drive link 28L. When the screw rod 28A rotates, the motor generator 28M is rotated by the screw rod 28A to generate electric power. The same applies to other motor generators. The thigh drive actuator 28 has a length lock mechanism 28S (not shown) that prevents the length of the thigh drive link 28L from changing. The length lock mechanism 28S is a knee joint lock portion for preventing the length of the thigh drive link 28L from changing.

 大腿駆動リンク28Lの他端は、大腿側大腿駆動リンク取付部J11により大腿骨フレーム25に回転可能に取付けられる。大腿側大腿駆動リンク取付部J11は、大腿骨フレーム25に膝関節接続ブロック26が接続する位置よりも少し上側の位置に設けられる。大腿駆動リンク28Lの他端には、大腿骨フレーム25を挟む大腿膝側ヨーク29が設けられる。大腿膝側ヨーク29は、略U字状の断面を有する。大腿側大腿駆動リンク取付部J11は、大腿骨フレーム25および大腿膝側ヨーク29に設けられた貫通穴を軸部材が通る構造である。大腿膝側ヨーク29は、大腿駆動リンク28Lに対する角度が約120度になるように、大腿駆動リンク28Lの他端に設けられる。 The other end of the femoral drive link 28L is rotatably attached to the femoral frame 25 by the femoral side drive link attachment portion J11. The thigh femoral drive link attachment portion J11 is provided slightly above the position at which the knee joint connection block 26 is connected to the femoral frame 25. At the other end of the femoral drive link 28L, a femoral knee side yoke 29 is provided which sandwiches the femoral frame 25. The thigh knee side yoke 29 has a substantially U-shaped cross section. The thigh femoral drive link attachment portion J11 has a structure in which a shaft member passes through holes provided in the femoral frame 25 and the thigh knee side yoke 29. The thigh knee side yoke 29 is provided at the other end of the thigh drive link 28L so that the angle with respect to the thigh drive link 28L is approximately 120 degrees.

 図17により、大腿骨フレーム25が延在する方向を変更するためのリンク配置を説明する。図17は、モビルスーツの左の脚部での大腿骨部および膝関節部を動かすリンク配置を説明する模式図である。図17(A)が、リンク配置を模式的に表す平面図である。図17(B)が、リンク配置を模式的に表す右側面図である。腰部3の背面の左右に設けられた開閉脚軸J5により、大腿開閉脚フレーム22および大腿骨フレーム25が水平面内で回転できる。図17(A)では、開閉脚軸J5を楕円で表す。水平面内で回転した大腿開閉脚フレーム22および大腿骨フレーム25は、外力が無くなれば開閉脚バネ23により元の位置に戻る。大腿骨フレーム25は、股関節部J6を中心に回転できる。大腿駆動リンク28Lが短くなれば股関節部J6が前に回転し、大腿骨フレーム25が上がる。上がった大腿骨フレーム25は、大腿駆動リンク28Lが長くなれば股関節部J6が後に回転し、下がって元の位置に戻る。なお、大腿駆動リンク28Lの伸縮により、膝関節部J9の角度は変化しない。 The link arrangement for changing the direction in which the femoral frame 25 extends will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 17 is a schematic view for explaining the link arrangement for moving the femoral and knee joints in the left leg of the mobile suit. FIG. 17A is a plan view schematically showing the link arrangement. FIG. 17B is a right side view schematically showing the link arrangement. The thigh open / close leg frame 22 and the femoral frame 25 can be rotated in the horizontal plane by the open / close leg axes J5 provided on the left and right of the back surface of the waist 3. In FIG. 17A, the opening and closing leg axis J5 is represented by an ellipse. The thigh open / close leg frame 22 and the femoral frame 25 rotated in the horizontal plane return to the original position by the open / close leg spring 23 when the external force disappears. The femoral frame 25 can rotate about the hip joint J6. If the thigh drive link 28L is shortened, the hip joint J6 rotates forward and the femoral frame 25 is raised. When the femoral drive link 28L is lengthened, the hip joint J6 rotates later and the femur frame 25 which has been raised rotates downward and returns to the original position. Note that the angle of the knee joint J9 does not change due to the expansion and contraction of the thigh drive link 28L.

 膝関節部J9では、2枚の膝側大腿板27によるヨークが板状の下腿膝側ブロック30を挟む。2枚の膝側大腿板27と下腿膝側ブロック30には貫通孔が設けられており、その貫通穴を通る軸部材により、膝側大腿板27すなわち大腿骨部の他端に、下腿膝側ブロック30すなわち下腿部5の一端が回転可能に接続する。 In the knee joint portion J9, a yoke formed by the two knee side thigh plates 27 sandwiches the plate-like lower leg knee side block 30. The two knee side thigh plates 27 and the lower knee knee block 30 are provided with through holes, and a shaft member passing through the through holes allows the lower thigh knee side to be attached to the knee side thigh plate 27 or the other end of the femoral portion. One end of the block 30, that is, the lower leg 5 is rotatably connected.

 下腿膝側ブロック30には、2本の下腿リンク31の一端が接続する。2本の下腿リンク31の他端は、下腿足首側ブロック32に接続する。下腿足首側ブロック32の下端には、下腿足首側ブロック32すなわち下腿部5に足部6を3回転自由度で回転可能に接続する足首関節部J16が設けられる。 One end of two lower leg links 31 is connected to the lower leg knee side block 30. The other ends of the two lower leg links 31 are connected to the lower leg ankle block 32. The lower end of the lower leg ankle block 32 is provided with an ankle joint J16 for rotatably connecting the foot 6 to the lower leg ankle block 32, ie, the lower leg 5 in three rotational degrees of freedom.

 下腿リンク31は、圧縮した(予圧された)気体が封入されたガススプリングである。予圧以下の圧縮力では、下腿リンク31の長さは変化しない。予圧より大きい圧縮力が下腿リンク31に加えられると、下腿リンク31は圧縮力の大きさに応じて縮む。つまり、下腿リンク31は、伸びることができず、気体を圧縮する圧力よりも大きな圧力が加えられた場合に縮むガススプリングである。そのため、足部6が着地した時に大きな力が発生する場合には、大きな力を下腿リンク31により吸収する。大きな力が下腿リンク31により吸収されるので、モビルスーツ100が損壊することは無い。図18は、下腿部を2本のガススプリングで構成することの効果を説明する図である。図18では、膝部を前方に動かす大きな外力が加えられた場合に、前側の下腿リンク31が大きく縮んで外力が吸収できることを示す。 The lower leg link 31 is a gas spring in which a compressed (preloaded) gas is sealed. The length of the lower leg link 31 does not change at a compression force lower than the preload. When a compression force greater than the pre-load is applied to the lower leg link 31, the lower leg link 31 contracts in accordance with the magnitude of the compression force. That is, the lower leg link 31 is a gas spring which can not stretch and contracts when a pressure greater than the pressure for compressing the gas is applied. Therefore, when a large force is generated when the foot 6 lands, the lower leg link 31 absorbs the large force. Since a large force is absorbed by the lower leg link 31, the mobile suit 100 is not broken. FIG. 18 is a view for explaining the effect of configuring the lower leg portion with two gas springs. FIG. 18 shows that the front lower leg link 31 can be greatly contracted to absorb the external force when a large external force is applied to move the knee forward.

 足首関節部J16では、3回転自由度で回転可能である。足首関節部J16では、前後方向または左右方向に傾く回転、下腿部の回りの回転には、それぞれ許容限度がある。許容限度以上は回転しないように、足首関節部J16にはストッパが設けられる。特に大きく曲がりやすい前後方向に関しては、下腿部5が前後方向に配置した2本のガススプリングである下腿リンク31により、大きな外力が加わってもガススプリングが外力を負担するような構成としている。下腿リンク31の足首側は、下腿足首側ブロック32にピン接合されている。ストッパで許容される角度以上の角度で曲げようとする外力は、下腿リンク31に曲げ荷重としてかかる。曲げ荷重を受けた下腿リンク31は、曲がる先の側の下腿リンク31が短くなる。短くなることで、下腿リンク31の反力が大きくなる。下腿リンク31により、足首関節部J16の回りに、弾性回転力が働くことになる。下腿リンク31による弾性回転力が足首の回転負荷のダンパーの役目を果たし、下腿部5および足首関節部J16を衝撃などから保護する。 The ankle joint J16 is rotatable in three rotational degrees of freedom. In the ankle joint J16, there is an allowance for rotation in the longitudinal direction or in the lateral direction and rotation around the lower leg. The ankle joint J16 is provided with a stopper to prevent rotation beyond the allowable limit. Particularly in the front and back direction where the large leg is easily bent, the lower leg link 31, which is two gas springs arranged in the front and rear direction, causes the gas spring to bear an external force even if a large external force is applied. The ankle side of the lower leg link 31 is pin-joined to the lower leg ankle block 32. An external force to bend at an angle larger than that allowed by the stopper is applied to the lower leg link 31 as a bending load. The lower leg link 31 subjected to the bending load has a shorter lower leg link 31 on the side to which it is bent. By shortening, the reaction force of the lower leg link 31 becomes large. The lower leg link 31 causes an elastic torque to act around the ankle joint J16. The elastic torque by the lower leg link 31 acts as a damper for the rotational load of the ankle, and protects the lower leg 5 and the ankle joint J16 from impact or the like.

 膝関節部J9には、膝関節駆動アクチュエータ33が設けられる。膝関節駆動アクチュエータ33は、膝側大腿板27すなわち大腿骨部と下腿膝側ブロック30すなわち下腿部5とがなす角度を変更するためのものである。膝関節駆動アクチュエータ33は、長さが変更可能な可変長リンクである膝関節駆動リンク33L、電動発電機33Mおよび長さロック機構33S(図示せず)を有して構成される。電動発電機33Mは、電動発電機28Mと同様に動作する。長さロック機構33Sは、膝関節駆動リンク33Lの長さが変化することを防止するための股関節ロック部である。 A knee joint drive actuator 33 is provided at the knee joint J9. The knee joint drive actuator 33 is for changing an angle formed by the knee side thigh plate 27, that is, the thigh and the lower leg knee side block 30, that is, the lower leg 5. The knee joint drive actuator 33 includes a knee joint drive link 33L which is a variable-length link whose length can be changed, a motor generator 33M, and a length lock mechanism 33S (not shown). The motor generator 33M operates in the same manner as the motor generator 28M. The length lock mechanism 33S is a hip joint lock portion for preventing a change in the length of the knee joint drive link 33L.

 電動発電機28M、33Mを腰部3に近い側に配置している。そうすることで、膝関節部J9に近い側の空間を大きくできる。 The motor generators 28 M and 33 M are disposed on the side closer to the waist 3. By doing so, the space near the knee joint J9 can be enlarged.

 大腿部4は、大腿開閉脚フレーム22、大腿骨フレーム25を含む大腿骨部、大腿駆動アクチュエータ28および膝関節駆動アクチュエータ33を有して構成される。 The thigh 4 is configured to have a thigh arm including a thigh opening and closing leg frame 22, a thigh frame 25, a thigh driving actuator 28, and a knee joint driving actuator 33.

 大腿骨フレーム25の腰部3側の後側に、板状の突起25Tが設けられる。突起25Tには、大腿側膝関節駆動リンク取付部J12が設けられる。大腿側膝関節駆動リンク取付部J12は、膝関節駆動リンク33Lの一端を突起25Tすなわち大腿骨部に回転可能に取付ける。大腿側膝関節駆動リンク取付部J12では、膝関節駆動リンク33Lの一端に設けられたヨークが突起25Tを挟む。ヨークおよび突起25Tに設けられた貫通穴に軸部材を通すことで、大腿側膝関節駆動リンク取付部J12は、膝関節駆動リンク33Lの一端を突起25Tに回転可能に取付ける。 A plate-like protrusion 25T is provided on the rear side of the femoral frame 25 on the waist 3 side. A femoral knee joint drive link attachment portion J12 is provided on the protrusion 25T. The femoral knee joint drive link attachment portion J12 rotatably mounts one end of the knee joint drive link 33L to the projection 25T, that is, the femur. In the femoral knee joint drive link attachment portion J12, a yoke provided at one end of the knee joint drive link 33L sandwiches the protrusion 25T. The femoral knee joint drive link attachment portion J12 rotatably attaches one end of the knee joint drive link 33L to the projection 25T by passing the shaft member through a through hole provided in the yoke and the projection 25T.

 膝関節駆動リンク33Lの他端は、膝関節部J10側で2個の補助具を使用して、膝関節接続ブロック26と下腿膝側ブロック30の両方に接続している。2個の補助具とは、大腿側補助具34と下腿側補助具35である。大腿側補助具34は、一端が膝関節駆動リンク33Lの他端に回転可能に取付けられる。大腿側補助具34の一端と膝関節駆動リンク33Lの他端が取付けられる箇所を、膝関節駆動リンク補助具接続部J13と呼ぶ。大腿側補助具34の他端は、大腿側補助具取付部J14に回転可能に取付けられる。大腿側補助具取付部J14は、膝関節接続ブロック26に設けられる。下腿側補助具35の一端も、膝関節駆動リンク補助具接続部J13すなわち膝関節駆動リンク33Lの他端に回転可能に取付けられる。下腿側補助具35の他端は、下腿側補助具取付部J15に回転可能に取付けられる。下腿側補助具取付部J15は、下腿部5が有する下腿膝側ブロック30に設けられる。 The other end of the knee joint drive link 33L is connected to both the knee joint connection block 26 and the lower knee block 30 using two aids on the side of the knee joint J10. The two aids are the thigh aid 34 and the lower thigh aid 35. The thigh side assisting tool 34 is rotatably attached at one end to the other end of the knee joint drive link 33L. A portion to which one end of the thigh side assisting tool 34 and the other end of the knee joint driving link 33L are attached is referred to as a knee joint driving link assisting joint portion J13. The other end of the thigh support 34 is rotatably attached to the thigh support J14. The thigh assistance tool attachment portion J14 is provided on the knee joint connection block 26. One end of the lower leg auxiliary 35 is also rotatably attached to the knee joint drive link auxiliary joint J13, that is, the other end of the knee joint drive link 33L. The other end of the lower leg auxiliary 35 is rotatably attached to the lower auxiliary attachment portion J15. The lower leg side auxiliary implement attachment portion J15 is provided on the lower leg knee side block 30 which the lower leg portion 5 has.

 大腿側補助具34は、2個の板状のフレームの側面を連結した形状である。膝関節接続ブロック26には貫通穴が設けられている。また、大腿側補助具34の他端にも貫通穴が設けられている。大腿側補助具34が、それぞれの貫通穴の位置が一致するように膝関節接続ブロック26を挟む。大腿側補助具取付部J14は、大腿側補助具34および膝関節接続ブロック26の貫通穴を回転軸が通る構造である。大腿側補助具取付部J14は、大腿側補助具の他端が回転可能に取付けられるように大腿骨部に設けられる。 The thigh side assisting tool 34 has a shape in which the side surfaces of two plate-like frames are connected. The knee joint connecting block 26 is provided with a through hole. Further, a through hole is also provided at the other end of the thigh side assisting tool 34. The thigh aids 34 sandwich the knee joint connection block 26 so that the positions of the respective through holes coincide. The thigh assistance implement mounting portion J14 has a structure in which the rotation axis passes through holes of the thigh assistance 34 and the knee joint connection block 26. The thigh assistance implement mounting portion J14 is provided on the femur so that the other end of the thigh assistance implement can be rotatably attached.

 大腿側補助具34の反対側の一端は、膝関節駆動リンク補助具接続部J13で下腿側補助具35および膝関節駆動リンク33Lと1回転自由度で接続する。下腿側補助具35は、2個のフレームの側面を連結した形状である。膝関節駆動リンク補助具接続部J13では、大腿側補助具34が膝関節駆動リンク33Lを挟む。さらに、下腿側補助具35が、大腿側補助具34および膝関節駆動リンク33Lを挟む。この挟んだ箇所には、下腿側補助具35、大腿側補助具34および膝関節駆動リンク33Lに、それぞれ貫通穴が設けられる。それらの貫通穴を通る回転軸により、大腿側補助具34、下腿側補助具35および膝関節駆動リンク33Lは互いに1回転自由度で回転可能である。 The other end of the thigh support 34 is connected to the lower leg support 35 and the knee drive link 33L with one rotational freedom at the knee joint drive link support J13. The lower leg support 35 has a shape in which the side surfaces of two frames are connected. In the knee joint drive link auxiliary tool connecting portion J13, the thigh side auxiliary tool 34 sandwiches the knee joint drive link 33L. Furthermore, the lower leg assistance tool 35 sandwiches the thigh assistance tool 34 and the knee joint drive link 33L. A through hole is provided in each of the pinched places in the lower leg assistance tool 35, the thigh assistance tool 34 and the knee joint drive link 33L. The femoral aid 34, the lower thigh aid 35, and the knee joint drive link 33L can rotate in one rotational degree of freedom from each other by the rotation axis passing through the through holes.

 下腿膝側ブロック30に、下腿側補助具取付部J15が設けられる。下腿側補助具取付部J15には、下腿側補助具35の一端が1回転自由度で回転可能に取付けられる。下腿側補助具取付部J15は、下腿膝側ブロック30に設けられた貫通穴と、下腿側補助具35に設けられた貫通穴とに、回転軸を通した構造である。下腿側補助具取付部J15により、下腿側補助具35は、下腿膝側ブロック30に1回転自由度で取付けられる。 The lower leg knee side block 30 is provided with a lower leg auxiliary implement mounting portion J15. One end of the lower leg auxiliary tool 35 is rotatably mounted to the lower leg auxiliary tool attachment portion J15 with one rotational degree of freedom. The lower leg side auxiliary tool attachment portion J15 has a structure in which the rotation axis passes through a through hole provided in the lower leg knee block 30 and a through hole provided in the lower leg side auxiliary tool 35. The lower leg support 35 is mounted on the lower leg knee block 30 with one rotational freedom by the lower leg support J15.

 膝関節部J10、大腿側膝関節駆動リンク取付部J12および大腿側補助具取付部J14は、膝関節接続ブロック26に固定されており、互いの相対的な位置関係は固定されている。下腿側補助具取付部J15は、下腿膝側ブロック30に固定されている。下腿側補助具取付部J15は、膝関節部J10からの距離が決まっている。膝関節駆動リンク補助具接続部J13は、大腿側補助具取付部J14および下腿側補助具取付部J15からの距離がそれぞれ決まっている。したがって、膝関節部J10の回転角度が決まると、パンタグラフのように大腿側補助具34と下腿側補助具35が動き、膝関節駆動リンク補助具接続部J13の位置が決まる。逆に、膝関節駆動リンク補助具接続部J13の位置が決まると、膝関節部J10の回転角度が決まる。 The knee joint portion J10, the thigh knee joint drive link attachment portion J12, and the thigh assistance tool attachment portion J14 are fixed to the knee joint connection block 26, and their relative positional relationship is fixed. The lower leg auxiliary implement mounting portion J15 is fixed to the lower knee block 30. The distance from the knee joint J10 is determined for the lower leg auxiliary implement mounting portion J15. The knee joint drive link auxiliary tool connection portion J13 has a predetermined distance from the thigh auxiliary tool attachment portion J14 and the lower leg auxiliary tool attachment portion J15. Therefore, when the rotation angle of the knee joint J10 is determined, the thigh aid 34 and the lower thigh aid 35 move like a pantograph, and the position of the knee joint drive link aid J13 is determined. Conversely, when the position of the knee joint drive link auxiliary tool joint J13 is determined, the rotation angle of the knee joint J10 is determined.

 膝関節駆動リンク33Lの長さは、大腿側膝関節駆動リンク取付部J12と膝関節駆動リンク補助具接続部J13との間の距離である。よって、図17(B)に示すように、膝関節駆動リンク33Lの長さを変更することで、膝関節部J10の回転角度を変えることができる。膝関節駆動リンク33Lが長くなると、膝関節部J9での大腿骨部と下腿部5がなす角度が大きくなる。膝関節駆動リンク33Lが短くなると、膝関節部J9での大腿骨部と下腿部5がなす角度が小さくなる。なお、膝関節駆動リンク33Lの伸縮により、股関節部J6の角度は変化しない。 The length of the knee joint drive link 33L is the distance between the femoral knee joint drive link attachment J12 and the knee joint drive link joint J13. Accordingly, as shown in FIG. 17B, the rotation angle of the knee joint J10 can be changed by changing the length of the knee joint drive link 33L. As the knee joint drive link 33L becomes longer, the angle formed by the femur and the lower leg 5 at the knee joint J9 increases. When the knee joint drive link 33L is shortened, the angle formed by the thigh and the lower leg 5 at the knee joint J9 is reduced. The angle of the hip joint J6 does not change due to the expansion and contraction of the knee joint drive link 33L.

 大腿側補助具34および下腿側補助具35を有するので、膝関節駆動リンク33Lの伸縮による力をパンタグラフのようにして大腿側補助具取付部J14および下腿側補助具取付部J15に伝えることができる。そのため、大腿骨部25と下腿部7とが平行に近くなるほどに膝関節部J9を大きく曲げた場合に、膝関節部J9を回転させる力を伝えやすくなる。その結果、膝関節駆動アクチュエータ33が発生する力が小さくても、膝関節部J9の屈伸運動をよりスムーズにできるようになる。膝関節駆動リンク33Lを下腿部5だけに接続してもよい。 Since the thigh side aid 34 and the lower leg side aid 35 are provided, it is possible to transmit the force due to the expansion and contraction of the knee joint drive link 33L to the thigh side aid attachment portion J14 and the lower leg side aid attachment portion J15 like a pantograph. . Therefore, when the knee joint J9 is largely bent so that the thigh 25 and the lower thigh 7 become close to parallel, it is easy to transmit the force for rotating the knee J9. As a result, even if the force generated by the knee joint drive actuator 33 is small, bending and extension movements of the knee joint J9 can be made smoother. The knee joint drive link 33L may be connected only to the lower leg 5.

 下腿膝側ブロック30すなわち下腿部5の下端(他端)は、足首関節部J16により3回転自由度で回転可能に足部6に接続する。足首関節部J16は、基準状態では膝関節部J9よりも後方で股関節部J6よりも前方に存在する。 The lower leg (other end) of the lower leg knee side block 30, that is, the lower leg 5 is connected to the foot 6 rotatably in three rotational degrees of freedom by the ankle joint J16. The ankle joint J16 is located rearward of the knee joint J9 and forward of the hip J6 in the reference state.

 足部6は、足本体部6Aと下腿接続突起6Bを有する。足本体部6Aは、上から見ると角が丸い長方形の平板状の形状である。下腿接続突起6Bは、足本体部6Aの後方の左右方向の外側に接続する。足首関節部J16は、2枚の球面軸受が、球面を両側から挟む構造である。球面軸受は、下腿膝側ブロック30の下端の2枚の板の内面に設けられる。球面は、下腿接続突起6Bに設けられる。足部6は、足保持部6Cを有する。足保持部6Cは、着用者90の足とともに足部6が移動するように、着用者90の足を保持する。図をシンプルにするために、足保持部6Cは、サンダルのストラップのように図示している。足保持部6Cは、例えば、スキー靴をスキーに固定するような機構でもよい。着用者90の足とともに足部6が移動するようにするものであれば、足保持部6Cはどのようなものでもよい。足部6は、その底面が地面と接触している場合に、地面から受ける反力を検出する反力センサ6D(図示せず)を有する。 The foot 6 has a foot main body 6A and a lower leg connection projection 6B. The foot main body 6A has a rectangular flat plate shape with rounded corners when viewed from above. The lower leg connection projection 6B is connected to the outside in the left-right direction on the rear side of the foot main portion 6A. The ankle joint J16 has a structure in which two spherical bearings sandwich the spherical surface from both sides. The spherical bearings are provided on the inner surfaces of the two plates at the lower end of the lower knee block 30. The spherical surface is provided on the lower leg connection projection 6B. The foot 6 has a foot holding portion 6C. The foot holding portion 6C holds the foot of the wearer 90 such that the foot 6 moves with the foot of the wearer 90. In order to simplify the figure, the foot holding portion 6C is illustrated as a strap of a sandal. The foot holding portion 6C may be, for example, a mechanism for fixing a ski boot to a ski. The foot holding portion 6C may be anything as long as the foot portion 6 moves with the foot of the wearer 90. The foot 6 has a reaction force sensor 6D (not shown) that detects a reaction force received from the ground when the bottom surface is in contact with the ground.

 主に図15を参照して、腕部8の構造を説明する。腕部8は、腕回転棒36、上腕フレーム37、前腕フレーム38および手部39を有して構成される。腕回転棒36は、腕部8を水平面内で回転させるものである。上腕フレーム37の上側の一端は、腕回転棒36の上端に回転可能に接続される。肩関節部J18は、上腕フレーム37を腕回転棒36に回転可能に接続する。上腕フレーム37の下側の他端には、前腕フレーム38の上側の一端が回転可能に接続する。肘関節部J19は、前腕フレーム38を上腕フレーム37に回転可能に接続する。前腕フレーム38の下側の他端には、手部39が回転可能に接続する。手首関節部J20は、1回転自由度で回転可能に手部39を前腕フレーム38に接続する。手首関節部J20により、前腕フレーム38に平行な回転軸の回りに手部39は回転できる。基準状態では、上から下に上腕フレーム37、前腕フレーム38および手部39が配置される。肩関節部J18、肘関節部J19および手首関節部J20の回転角度を変更することで、物体を持ちやすい位置に持ちやすい角度で手部39を配置できる。なお、肩関節部J18および肘関節部J19の回転軸は平行である。 The structure of the arm 8 will be described mainly with reference to FIG. The arm 8 is configured to have an arm rotation bar 36, an upper arm frame 37, a forearm frame 38 and a hand 39. The arm rotation rod 36 rotates the arm 8 in a horizontal plane. One upper end of the upper arm frame 37 is rotatably connected to the upper end of the arm rotation bar 36. The shoulder joint J 18 rotatably connects the upper arm frame 37 to the arm rotation rod 36. The upper end of the forearm frame 38 is rotatably connected to the lower end of the upper arm frame 37. The elbow joint J 19 rotatably connects the forearm frame 38 to the upper arm frame 37. A hand 39 is rotatably connected to the other lower end of the forearm frame 38. The wrist joint J20 connects the hand 39 to the forearm frame 38 rotatably in one rotational degree of freedom. The wrist joint J20 allows the hand 39 to rotate around a rotation axis parallel to the forearm frame 38. In the reference state, the upper arm frame 37, the forearm frame 38 and the hand 39 are disposed from top to bottom. By changing the rotation angles of the shoulder joint J18, the elbow joint J19, and the wrist joint J20, the hand 39 can be disposed at an easy position to hold the object. The rotation axes of the shoulder joint J18 and the elbow joint J19 are parallel.

 腕回転棒36は、断面が円筒である棒である。腕回転棒36は、概略はまっすぐな棒であるが、腕回転接続部J17を通る部分が少し平行移動したように折れ曲がった形状である。腕回転接続部J17は、腕回転棒36の外側に設けられた円筒である。腕回転棒36と腕回転接続部J17の間には、ベアリングを配置している。腕回転接続部J17は、上体フレーム10に着脱可能に取付けられる。腕回転接続部J17により、腕回転棒36は上体フレーム10に平行な回転軸(基準状態ではZ軸)の回りに回転できる。腕回転接続部J17が自由に回転できる状態と、回転できない状態とを切り替える腕回転ロック部36S(図示せず)を有する。腕回転棒36と上体フレーム10とは平行でなくてもよく、決められた角度であればよい。 The arm rotation rod 36 is a rod whose cross section is a cylinder. The arm rotation rod 36 is a generally straight rod, but is shaped so that a portion passing through the arm rotation connection portion J17 is slightly translated. The arm rotation connection portion J17 is a cylinder provided on the outside of the arm rotation rod 36. A bearing is disposed between the arm rotation rod 36 and the arm rotation connection portion J17. The arm rotation connection portion J17 is detachably attached to the upper body frame 10. The arm rotation connection portion J17 allows the arm rotation rod 36 to rotate around a rotation axis (Z axis in the reference state) parallel to the body frame 10. It has arm rotation lock part 36S (not shown) which switches the state which arm rotation connection part J17 can rotate freely, and the state which can not rotate. The arm rotation rod 36 and the body frame 10 may not be parallel, and may be at a determined angle.

 上腕フレーム37は、折れ曲がった角柱状である。肩関節部J18は、上腕フレーム37の上端に設けられたヨークが、腕回転棒36の上端に設けられた板状の上腕接続突起40を挟む構造である。上腕フレーム37側のヨークが挟む軸部材が、上腕接続突起40に設けられた貫通穴を通ることで、上腕フレーム37は上腕接続突起40すなわち腕回転棒36に回転可能に取付けられる。 The upper arm frame 37 is in the form of a bent prism. The shoulder joint J 18 has a structure in which a yoke provided at the upper end of the upper arm frame 37 sandwiches the plate-like upper arm connecting projection 40 provided at the upper end of the arm rotary rod 36. The upper arm frame 37 is rotatably attached to the upper arm connection projection 40, that is, the arm rotation rod 36, by passing a through-hole provided in the upper arm connection projection 40 with a shaft member held by the yoke on the upper arm frame 37 side.

 前腕フレーム38は板状である。肘関節部J19は、上腕フレーム37の下端に設けられたヨークが、前腕フレーム38を挟む構造である。上腕フレーム37側のヨークが挟む軸部材が、前腕フレーム38に設けられた貫通穴を通ることで、前腕フレーム38は上腕フレーム37に回転可能に取付けられる。 The forearm frame 38 is plate-shaped. The elbow joint J 19 has a structure in which a yoke provided at the lower end of the upper arm frame 37 sandwiches the forearm frame 38. The forearm frame 38 is rotatably attached to the upper arm frame 37 as a shaft member held by the yoke on the upper arm frame 37 side passes through a through hole provided in the forearm frame 38.

 腕回転接続部J17は、上体部1に設けられた腕部保持部である。腕回転接続部J17は、腕部回転軸の回りに回転可能に腕部8を保持する。腕部回転軸は、上体部1に対して決められた角度を有するように設けられる。腕回転棒36は、腕回転接続部J17に保持される棒状の部分を有する腕基部である。上腕フレーム37は、腕回転棒36の上部に一端が接続される上腕部である。肩関節部J18は、上腕フレーム37と腕回転棒36とがなす角度を変更可能に上腕フレーム37の一端を腕回転棒36に接続する。前腕フレーム38は、上腕フレーム37の他端に接続される前腕部である。肘関節部J19は、前腕フレーム38と上腕フレーム37とがなす角度を変更可能に、前腕フレーム38の一端を上腕フレーム37の他端に接続する。手部39は、前腕フレーム38の他端に接続する。手首関節部J20は、手部39を前腕フレーム38の他端に接続する。手首関節部J20により、手部39は、前腕フレーム38に対して決められた角度を有する回転軸の回りに回転可能である。手首関節部J20は、手部39と前腕フレーム38との間の角度を変更できるように、2回転自由度または3回転自由度を持つものでもよい。 The arm rotation connection portion J17 is an arm portion holding portion provided on the upper body portion 1. The arm rotation connection portion J17 holds the arm portion 8 rotatably around the arm rotation axis. The arm rotation axis is provided to have a predetermined angle with respect to the upper body 1. The arm rotation rod 36 is an arm base having a rod-like portion held by the arm rotation connection portion J17. The upper arm frame 37 is an upper arm connected at one end to the upper portion of the arm rotation rod 36. The shoulder joint J 18 connects one end of the upper arm frame 37 to the arm rotation rod 36 so that the angle between the upper arm frame 37 and the arm rotation rod 36 can be changed. The forearm frame 38 is a forearm connected to the other end of the upper arm frame 37. The elbow joint J 19 connects one end of the forearm frame 38 to the other end of the upper arm frame 37 so that the angle formed by the forearm frame 38 and the upper arm frame 37 can be changed. The hand 39 is connected to the other end of the forearm frame 38. The wrist joint J 20 connects the hand 39 to the other end of the forearm frame 38. The wrist joint J20 allows the hand 39 to rotate about a rotational axis having a fixed angle with respect to the forearm frame 38. The wrist joint J20 may have two rotational degrees of freedom or three rotational degrees of freedom so that the angle between the hand 39 and the forearm frame 38 can be changed.

 肩関節部J18を中心に上腕フレーム37を回転させるために、上腕駆動アクチュエータ41が設けられる。上腕駆動アクチュエータ41は、上腕フレーム37の後側に設けられる。上腕駆動アクチュエータ41は、上腕駆動リンク41L、電動機41Mおよび長さロック機構41S(図示せず)を有する。上腕駆動リンク41Lは、長さが変更可能な可変長リンクである。上腕駆動リンク41Lの上側の一端は、上腕フレーム37に回転可能に取付けられる。上腕駆動リンク41Lの下側の他端は、腕回転棒36の下端に回転可能に取付けられる。電動機41Mは、上腕駆動リンク41Lの長さを変更する力を発生させる上腕部動力源である。電動機41Mは、上腕駆動リンク41Lの左右方向の外側に設けられる。 An upper arm drive actuator 41 is provided to rotate the upper arm frame 37 about the shoulder joint J18. The upper arm drive actuator 41 is provided on the rear side of the upper arm frame 37. The upper arm drive actuator 41 has an upper arm drive link 41L, a motor 41M, and a length lock mechanism 41S (not shown). The upper arm drive link 41L is a variable-length link whose length can be changed. One upper end of the upper arm drive link 41 L is rotatably attached to the upper arm frame 37. The other lower end of the upper arm drive link 41L is rotatably attached to the lower end of the arm rotary bar 36. The motor 41M is an upper arm power source that generates a force that changes the length of the upper arm drive link 41L. The electric motor 41M is provided on the outer side in the left-right direction of the upper arm drive link 41L.

 上腕側上腕駆動リンク取付部J21は、上腕駆動リンク41Lの上側の一端を上腕フレーム37に回転可能に取付ける。上腕側上腕駆動リンク取付部J21は、上腕フレーム37に設けられたヨークが、直方体状のブロックを挟む構造である。直方体状のブロックは、上腕駆動リンク41Lのねじ棒側の先端に設けられる。ブロックには貫通穴が設けられている。上腕駆動リンク41L側のヨークで保持された軸部材が、ブロックの貫通穴を通ることで、上腕側上腕駆動リンク取付部J21は、上腕駆動リンク41Lの上側の一端を上腕フレーム37に回転可能に取付ける。 The upper arm side upper arm drive link attachment portion J 21 rotatably mounts the upper end of the upper arm drive link 41 L to the upper arm frame 37. The upper arm drive link attachment portion J21 has a structure in which a yoke provided on the upper arm frame 37 sandwiches a rectangular block. The rectangular block is provided at the tip of the upper rod drive link 41L on the screw rod side. The block is provided with a through hole. The shaft member held by the yoke on the upper arm drive link 41L side passes through the through hole of the block, so that the upper arm drive link attachment portion J21 can rotate the upper end of the upper arm drive link 41L to the upper arm frame 37 Install.

 上体側上腕駆動リンク取付部J22は、上腕駆動リンク41Lの下側の他端を腕回転棒36の下端に回転可能に取付ける。上体側上腕駆動リンク取付部J22は、肩関節部J18よりも下側の位置に設けられる。上体側上腕駆動リンク取付部J22は、上腕駆動リンク41Lの筒側の端に設けられたヨークが、腕回転棒36の下端に設けられた板状の上腕駆動リンク接続突起42(図示せず)を挟む構造である。上腕駆動リンク接続突起42には貫通穴が設けられている。上腕駆動リンク41L側のヨークで保持された軸部材が、貫通穴を通る。そうすることで、上体側上腕駆動リンク取付部J22は、上腕駆動リンク41Lの下側の他端を上腕駆動リンク41Lに回転可能に取付ける。 The upper-body-side upper-arm drive link attachment portion J22 rotatably mounts the lower end of the upper-arm drive link 41L to the lower end of the arm rotary rod 36. The upper body upper arm drive link attachment portion J22 is provided at a position lower than the shoulder joint portion J18. A plate-like upper arm drive link connecting projection 42 (not shown) is provided at the lower end of the arm rotary rod 36 with a yoke provided at the end of the upper arm drive link 41L on the cylinder side of the upper body drive link attachment portion J22. Is a structure sandwiching The upper arm drive link connection projection 42 is provided with a through hole. The shaft member held by the yoke on the upper arm drive link 41L side passes through the through hole. By doing so, the upper-body-side upper-arm drive link attachment portion J22 rotatably attaches the lower end of the upper-arm drive link 41L to the upper-arm drive link 41L.

 長さロック機構41Sは、ラチェット機構を有し、前腕駆動リンク43Lの長さを両方向に変更できる状態、長くする方向にだけ変更できる状態および長さを変更できない状態を切り替える。腕部8を使用しない場合は、上腕駆動リンク41Lの長さは最短になっている。長さロック機構41Sを、長くなる方向にだけ変更できる状態にしておき、肩関節部J18が適切な角度になる位置に、上腕フレーム37を手で持って移動させる。適切な角度になれば、手を離しても上腕フレーム37はその位置を保持できる。予期せぬ力が加わって肩関節部J18の角度が変化しないように、肩関節部J18の角度が適切になれば、長さロック機構41Sは長さを変更できない状態にする。リモコンなどで電動機41Mを制御して、肩関節部J18の角度を適切な値に設定してもよい。長さロック機構41Sは、上腕駆動リンク41Lの長さが変化することを防止する上腕ロック部である。 The length lock mechanism 41S has a ratchet mechanism, and switches between a state in which the length of the forearm drive link 43L can be changed in both directions, a state in which it can be changed only in the long direction, and a state in which the length can not be changed. When the arm 8 is not used, the length of the upper arm drive link 41L is the shortest. The length lock mechanism 41S is made changeable only in the long direction, and the upper arm frame 37 is held by hand and moved to a position where the shoulder joint J18 has an appropriate angle. If the angle is appropriate, the upper arm frame 37 can maintain its position even if the hand is released. If the angle of the shoulder joint J18 becomes appropriate so that an unexpected force is applied and the angle of the shoulder joint J18 does not change, the length lock mechanism 41S can not change the length. The electric motor 41 M may be controlled by a remote controller or the like to set the angle of the shoulder joint J 18 to an appropriate value. The length lock mechanism 41S is an upper arm lock portion that prevents the length of the upper arm drive link 41L from changing.

 肘関節部J19を中心に前腕フレーム38を回転させるために、前腕駆動アクチュエータ43が設けられる。前腕駆動アクチュエータ43は、上腕フレーム37の前側に設けられる。前腕駆動アクチュエータ43は、前腕駆動リンク43L、電動機43Mおよび長さロック機構43S(図示せず)を有する。前腕駆動リンク43Lは、長さが変更可能な可変長リンクである。前腕駆動リンク43Lの上側の一端は、上腕フレーム37に回転可能に取付けられる。前腕駆動リンク43Lの下側の他端は、前腕フレーム38に回転可能に取付けられる。電動機43Mは、前腕駆動リンク43Lの長さを変更する力を発生させる前腕部動力源である。電動機43Mは、前腕駆動リンク43Lの左右方向の内側に設けられる。着用者90の前方で電動機41Mよりも着用者90から遠い側に存在する電動機43Mを左右方向の中央側に配置することで、着用者90から電動機43Mまたは電動機41Mまでの距離を大きくできる。そのため、上体部1の前方で、着用者90が動ける空間を大きくできる。 A forearm drive actuator 43 is provided to rotate the forearm frame 38 about the elbow joint J19. The forearm drive actuator 43 is provided on the front side of the upper arm frame 37. The forearm drive actuator 43 has a forearm drive link 43L, an electric motor 43M, and a length lock mechanism 43S (not shown). The forearm drive link 43L is a variable-length link whose length can be changed. One upper end of the forearm drive link 43L is rotatably attached to the upper arm frame 37. The other lower end of the forearm drive link 43L is rotatably attached to the forearm frame 38. The electric motor 43M is a forearm power source that generates a force that changes the length of the forearm drive link 43L. The electric motor 43M is provided on the inner side in the left-right direction of the forearm drive link 43L. The distance from the wearer 90 to the electric motor 43M or the electric motor 41M can be increased by arranging the electric motor 43M present in the front side of the wearer 90 on the side farther from the wearer 90 than the electric motor 41M. Therefore, the space in which the wearer 90 can move can be enlarged in front of the upper body 1.

 上腕側前腕駆動リンク取付部J23は、前腕駆動リンク43Lの上側の一端を上腕フレーム37に回転可能に取付ける。上腕側前腕駆動リンク取付部J23は、上腕フレーム37に設けられたヨークが、前腕駆動リンク43Lの筒側の先端に設けられた直方体状のブロックを挟む構造である。前腕駆動リンク43Lの先端のブロックには貫通穴が設けられている。上腕駆動リンク41L側のヨークで保持された軸部材が、ブロックの貫通穴を通ることで、上腕側前腕駆動リンク取付部J23前腕駆動リンク43Lの上側の一端を上腕駆動リンク41Lに回転可能に取付ける。 The upper arm side forearm drive link attachment portion J23 rotatably mounts the upper end of the forearm drive link 43L to the upper arm frame 37. The upper arm side forearm drive link attachment portion J23 has a structure in which a yoke provided on the upper arm frame 37 sandwiches a rectangular block provided on the end of the forearm drive link 43L on the cylinder side. A through hole is provided in a block at the tip of the forearm drive link 43L. The shaft member held by the yoke on the upper arm drive link 41L side rotatably mounts the upper end of the forearm drive link 43L to the upper arm drive link 41L by passing through the through hole of the block. .

 前腕側前腕駆動リンク取付部J24は、前腕駆動リンク43Lの下側の他端を前腕フレーム38の手首関節部J20に近い部分に回転可能に取付ける。前腕側前腕駆動リンク取付部J24は、前腕駆動リンク43Lのねじ棒側の端に設けられたヨークが、板状の前腕フレーム38を挟む構造である。前腕フレーム38には貫通穴が設けられている。前腕駆動リンク側のヨークで保持された軸部材が、前腕フレーム38が有する貫通穴を通る。そうすることで、前腕側前腕駆動リンク取付部J24は、前腕駆動リンク43Lの下側の他端を前腕フレーム38に回転可能に取付ける。 The forearm side forearm drive link attachment portion J24 rotatably mounts the lower end of the forearm drive link 43L to a portion of the forearm frame 38 close to the wrist joint portion J20. The forearm side forearm drive link attachment portion J24 has a structure in which a yoke provided at the end on the threaded rod side of the forearm drive link 43L sandwiches the plate-like forearm frame 38. The forearm frame 38 is provided with a through hole. The shaft member held by the yoke on the forearm drive link side passes through the through hole of the forearm frame 38. By doing so, the forearm side forearm drive link attachment portion J24 rotatably mounts the lower end of the forearm drive link 43L to the forearm frame 38.

 長さロック機構43Sは、長さロック機構41Sと同様な構造および機能を有する。肘関節部J19の角度も、肩関節部J18と同様にして適切な値に設定する。肩関節部J18と肘関節部J19との角度を同時に設定するようにしてもよい。長さロック機構43Sは、前腕駆動リンク43Lの長さが変化することを防止する前腕ロック部である。 The length lock mechanism 43S has the same structure and function as the length lock mechanism 41S. The angle of the elbow joint J19 is also set to an appropriate value in the same manner as the shoulder joint J18. The angles of the shoulder joint J18 and the elbow joint J19 may be set simultaneously. The length lock mechanism 43S is a forearm lock portion that prevents the length of the forearm drive link 43L from changing.

 図19により、腕部8の位置と方向を変更するためのリンク配置を説明する。図19(A)に、上側から見たリンク配置を示す。図19(B)に、腕部8に垂直な方向から見たリンク配置を示す。図19(A)に示すように、腕回転接続部J17の回りを腕回転棒36が回転することで、腕回転棒36とともに上腕フレーム37、前腕フレームおよび手部39が回転する。上体部1が直立している場合は、腕部8がZ軸の回りを回転することになる。図19(B)に示すように、上腕駆動リンク41Lを長くすると上腕フレーム37が上がり、短くすると上腕フレーム37が下がる。前腕駆動リンク43Lを長くすると前腕フレーム38と上腕フレーム37との間の角度が小さくなり、短くすると前腕フレーム38と上腕フレーム37との間の角度が小さくなる。 The link arrangement for changing the position and the direction of the arm 8 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 19A shows the link arrangement viewed from the upper side. FIG. 19B shows the link arrangement as viewed from the direction perpendicular to the arm 8. As shown in FIG. 19A, when the arm rotation rod 36 rotates around the arm rotation connection portion J17, the upper arm frame 37, the forearm frame, and the hand portion 39 rotate together with the arm rotation rod 36. When the upper body 1 is upright, the arm 8 rotates about the Z axis. As shown in FIG. 19B, when the upper arm drive link 41L is elongated, the upper arm frame 37 is raised, and when it is shortened, the upper arm frame 37 is lowered. When the forearm drive link 43L is elongated, the angle between the forearm frame 38 and the upper arm frame 37 is reduced, and when it is shortened, the angle between the forearm frame 38 and the upper arm frame 37 is decreased.

 手首関節部J20では、前腕フレーム38に平行な回転軸の回りを回転する回転部材が前腕フレームの他端に設けられている。回転部材には、手部39が取付けられる手首板部44(符号を図15に図示)が接続する。手首板部44は、長方形の板状である。回転部材により、手部39は前腕フレーム38の回りに回転できる。手首関節部J20は、手首回転ロック部44S(図示せず)を有する。手首回転ロック部44Sは、前腕フレーム38に平行な回転軸の回りに手部39が回転できる状態と回転できない状態を切替える。 In the wrist joint portion J20, a rotating member that rotates around a rotation axis parallel to the forearm frame 38 is provided at the other end of the forearm frame. Connected to the rotating member is a wrist plate portion 44 (reference numeral is shown in FIG. 15) to which the hand portion 39 is attached. The wrist plate portion 44 has a rectangular plate shape. The rotating member allows the hand 39 to rotate about the forearm frame 38. The wrist joint unit J20 has a wrist rotation lock unit 44S (not shown). The wrist rotation lock unit 44S switches between a state in which the hand 39 can rotate and a state in which the hand 39 can not rotate around a rotation axis parallel to the forearm frame 38.

 図20から図22を参照して、手部39の構造を説明する。図20、図21および図22は、左の手部39の正面図、裏面図、対向可能指部51が存在しない側から見た側面図である。 The structure of the hand 39 will be described with reference to FIGS. FIG. 20, FIG. 21 and FIG. 22 are a front view and a back view of the left hand portion 39, and a side view seen from the side where the counterable finger portion 51 is not present.

 手部39は、手首板部44、板状の掌板部46、手部取付部45、4本の普通指部である第1指部47、第2指部48、第3指部49、第4指部50および対向可能指部51を有する。手部取付部45は、掌板部46を手首板部44に垂直に接続する。4本の普通指部は、掌板部46の手部取付部45とは反対側に接続される。第1指部47、第2指部48、第3指部49、第4指部50は、ほぼ同じ方向を向いて並ぶ。対向可能指部51は、掌板部46に4本の普通指部とは異なる方向に接続し、普通指部と対向する位置に移動できる。手首板部44は、手首関節部36を介して前腕フレーム38と接続する。 The hand portion 39 includes a wrist plate portion 44, a plate-like palm plate portion 46, a hand portion attaching portion 45, a first finger portion 47 which is four ordinary finger portions, a second finger portion 48, and a third finger portion 49, It has a fourth finger 50 and an opposing finger 51. The hand attachment portion 45 vertically connects the palm plate 46 to the wrist plate 44. The four ordinary fingers are connected to the side opposite to the hand attachment portion 45 of the palm plate 46. The first finger portion 47, the second finger portion 48, the third finger portion 49, and the fourth finger portion 50 face in substantially the same direction. The facing possible finger portion 51 is connected to the palm plate portion 46 in a direction different from that of the four ordinary finger portions, and can be moved to a position facing the ordinary finger portion. The wrist plate portion 44 is connected to the forearm frame 38 via the wrist joint portion 36.

 手部39は、人の手に似ている。対向可能指部51は親指に相当する。第1指部47、第2指部48、第3指部49、第4指部50はそれぞれ、人差指、中指、薬指、小指に相当する。掌板部46の指部が曲がる側の面を手の平側とよび、その反対側の面を手の甲側と呼ぶ。掌板部46と平行な平面において、普通指部が延在する方向を指先方向と呼ぶ。指先方向は、手首から指先に向かう方向である。指先方向と直交する方向を手幅方向と呼ぶ。手部39の基準状態では、手首板部44が前腕フレーム38に垂直であり、掌板部46に垂直な方向から見ると、対向可能指部51は掌板部46と並んで延在する。 The hand 39 is similar to a human hand. The opposite possible finger portion 51 corresponds to a thumb. The first finger portion 47, the second finger portion 48, the third finger portion 49, and the fourth finger portion 50 correspond to the index finger, the middle finger, the ring finger, and the little finger, respectively. The side on which the finger portion of the palm plate 46 is bent is referred to as the palm side, and the opposite side is referred to as the back side of the hand. In the plane parallel to the palm plate 46, the direction in which the finger normally extends is referred to as the fingertip direction. The fingertip direction is the direction from the wrist to the fingertip. The direction orthogonal to the fingertip direction is called the hand width direction. In the reference state of the hand portion 39, the wrist plate portion 44 is perpendicular to the forearm frame 38, and when viewed from the direction perpendicular to the palm plate portion 46, the counterable finger portion 51 extends in parallel with the palm plate portion 46.

 手首板部44に掌板部46を取付ける手部取付部45は、図22から分るように、取付板部45Aと掌板部接続板部45Bとが、横から見るとL字状に接続した部材である。取付板部45Aは、手首板部44に接続する。掌板部接続板部45Bには、掌板部46が接続される。掌板部46の取付板部45Aと対向する辺に、第1指部47、第2指部48、第3指部49、第4指部50が接続する。第2指部48が手首板部44のほぼ中央に位置する。第1指部47、第2指部48、第3指部49、第4指部50は、根元側よりも先端側の間隔が広くなるように設けられる。図21から分るように、第2指部48は取付板部45Aに対して垂直で、第2指部48の中心と取付板部45Aの中心は一致している。 In the hand attachment portion 45 for attaching the palm plate portion 46 to the wrist plate portion 44, as seen from FIG. 22, the attachment plate portion 45A and the palm plate portion connection plate portion 45B are connected in an L shape when viewed from the side Member. The mounting plate 45 </ b> A is connected to the wrist plate 44. A palm plate portion 46 is connected to the palm plate portion connection plate portion 45B. The first finger 47, the second finger 48, the third finger 49, and the fourth finger 50 are connected to the side of the palm plate 46 facing the mounting plate 45 </ b> A. The second finger 48 is located approximately at the center of the wrist plate 44. The first finger portion 47, the second finger portion 48, the third finger portion 49, and the fourth finger portion 50 are provided such that the distance on the tip side is wider than that on the root side. As can be seen from FIG. 21, the second finger 48 is perpendicular to the mounting plate 45A, and the center of the second finger 48 coincides with the center of the mounting plate 45A.

 対向可能指部51は、第1指部47などにほぼ直交する方向に、第1指部47などよりも取付板部45Aに近い側に設けられる。掌板部46は、指部が接続する基部である。 The confrontable finger portion 51 is provided on the side closer to the attachment plate portion 45A than the first finger portion 47 or the like in a direction substantially orthogonal to the first finger portion 47 or the like. The palm plate 46 is a base to which the finger is connected.

 第1指部47、第2指部48、第3指部49、第4指部50は、同様な構造である。第1指部47、第2指部48、第3指部49、第4指部50を普通指部と呼ぶ。図において符合が付けやすい第4指部50で、普通指部の構造を説明する。 The first finger portion 47, the second finger portion 48, the third finger portion 49, and the fourth finger portion 50 have the same structure. The first finger portion 47, the second finger portion 48, the third finger portion 49, and the fourth finger portion 50 are generally referred to as finger portions. The structure of the normal finger unit will be described with the fourth finger unit 50 which is easily attached in the figure.

 第4指部50は、掌板部46に近い側から第1指節部50A、第2指節部50B、第3指節部50Cが直列に接続する。掌板部46と第1指節部50Aとの間には、第1指関節部50Dが存在する。第1指関節部50Dは、第1指節部50Aを掌板部46に回転可能に接続する。第1指節部50Aと第2指節部50Bとの間には、第2指関節部50Eが存在する。第2指関節部50Eは、第2指節部50Bを第1指節部50Aに回転可能に接続する。第2指節部50Bと第3指節部50Cとの間には、第3指関節部50Fが存在する。第3指関節部50Fは、第3指節部50Cを第2指節部50Bに回転可能に接続する。第1指関節部50D、第2指関節部50Eおよび第3指関節部50Fの回転軸は、互いに平行である。 In the fourth finger unit 50, the first finger unit 50A, the second finger unit 50B, and the third finger unit 50C are connected in series from the side close to the palm plate unit 46. A first finger joint 50D is present between the palm plate 46 and the first phalanx 50A. The first finger joint unit 50D rotatably connects the first phalanx unit 50A to the palm plate unit 46. A second finger joint unit 50E is present between the first finger unit 50A and the second finger unit 50B. The second finger joint unit 50E rotatably connects the second finger unit 50B to the first finger unit 50A. A third finger joint unit 50F exists between the second finger unit 50B and the third finger unit 50C. The third finger joint unit 50F rotatably connects the third finger unit 50C to the second finger unit 50B. The rotation axes of the first finger joint 50D, the second finger joint 50E, and the third finger joint 50F are parallel to one another.

 掌板部46、第1指節部50A、第2指節部50Bおよび第3指節部50Cの中の隣接する2個に関して、掌板部46に近い側を基部側部材、基部側部材でない側を先端側部材と呼ぶ。第1指関節部50D、第2指関節部50E、第3指関節部50Fは、第1指節部50A、第2指節部50B、第3指節部50Cの何れかである先端側部材を基部側部材に回転可能に接続する3個の指関節部である。 With respect to adjacent two of the palm plate 46, the first finger segment 50A, the second finger segment 50B, and the third finger segment 50C, the side closer to the palm plate 46 is not a base member or a base member The side is called a tip side member. The first finger joint unit 50D, the second finger joint unit 50E, and the third finger joint unit 50F may be any of the first finger joint unit 50A, the second finger unit 50B, and the third finger unit 50C. Are three finger joints that rotatably connect to the base member.

 基準状態では、第1指関節部50Dは、掌板部46の裏面側に設けられる。手部39を側面から見ると、第1指関節部50D、第2指関節部50E、第3指関節部50Fの回転軸は、取付板部45Aにほぼ垂直な平面上にある。図15から分るように、この平面上または近くを、基準状態で前腕フレーム38を手部39の側に延長した線が通る。基準状態では、取付板部45Aに対して前腕フレーム38が垂直である。 In the reference state, the first finger joint unit 50D is provided on the back surface side of the palm plate unit 46. When the hand 39 is viewed from the side, the rotation axes of the first finger joint 50D, the second finger joint 50E, and the third finger joint 50F are on a plane substantially perpendicular to the mounting plate 45A. As can be seen from FIG. 15, on or near this plane, a line extending the forearm frame 38 to the side of the hand 39 passes in the reference state. In the reference state, the forearm frame 38 is perpendicular to the mounting plate 45A.

 第1指関節部50Dの回転軸は、掌板部46の裏面側に設けられた指元ヨーク50Gに保持される。第1指関節部50Dの回転軸は、掌板部46から少し外側に出た決められた位置に配置される。指元ヨーク50Gの間には、指部第1電動機50Hが配置される。第1指部電動機50Hの回転軸に直結した第1ウォーム50J(ねじ歯車)が、第1指関節部50Dの回転軸の回りを回転する第1ウォームホイール50K(斜歯歯車)とかみ合う。指部第1電動機50Hおよび第1ウォーム50Jは、掌板部46に対して傾斜して設けられる。第1ウォームホイール50Kは第2指節部50Bに取付けられている。第1指部電動機50Hが回転すると、第1ウォーム50Jが回転し、第1ウォームホイール50Kが第1指節部50Aと共に回転する。 The rotation axis of the first finger joint unit 50D is held by a finger base yoke 50G provided on the back surface side of the palm plate unit 46. The rotation axis of the first finger joint 50D is disposed at a predetermined position slightly outside the palm plate 46. The first finger motor 50H is disposed between the finger yokes 50G. The first worm 50J (screw gear) directly connected to the rotation shaft of the first finger motor 50H meshes with the first worm wheel 50K (diagonal gear) rotating around the rotation shaft of the first finger joint 50D. The finger first electric motor 50H and the first worm 50J are provided to be inclined with respect to the palm plate 46. The first worm wheel 50K is attached to the second finger portion 50B. When the first finger motor 50H rotates, the first worm 50J rotates, and the first worm wheel 50K rotates with the first finger segment 50A.

 第1指関節部50Dは、指部第1電動機50H、第1ウォーム50Jおよび第1ウォームホイール50Kを有するウォームギヤ機構により第1指節部50Aを掌板部46に対して回転させる。指部第1電動機50Hは、掌板部46に配置される。第1ウォーム50Jは、指部第1電動機50Hにより回転する。第1ウォームホイール50Kは、第1ウォーム50Jとかみ合い第1指節部50Aと共に第1指関節部50Dの回転軸の回りを回転する。 The first finger joint unit 50D rotates the first finger segment unit 50A with respect to the palm plate unit 46 by the worm gear mechanism having the finger unit first electric motor 50H, the first worm 50J and the first worm wheel 50K. The finger first electric motor 50 H is disposed on the palm plate 46. The first worm 50J is rotated by the finger first electric motor 50H. The first worm wheel 50K meshes with the first worm 50J and rotates around the rotation axis of the first finger joint unit 50D together with the first finger unit 50A.

 第1指節部50Aは、第1ウォームホイール50Kと共に回転する部材と、第2指関節部50Eの回転軸を保持するヨーク部材とが同じ方向で結合した構造である。第1指節部50Aに、指部第2電動機50Lが取付けられる。指部第2電動機50Lの回転軸に直結した第2ウォーム50Mが、第2ウォームホイール50Nとかみ合う。第2ウォームホイール50Nは、第2指関節部50Eの回転軸の回りを回転する。指部第2電動機50Lおよび第2ウォーム50Mは、第1指節部50Aに対して傾斜して設けられる。第2ウォームホイール50Nは第2指節部50Bに取付けられている。指部第2電動機50Lが回転すると、第2ウォーム50Mが回転し、第2ウォームホイール50Nが第2指節部50Bと共に回転する。 The first finger segment portion 50A has a structure in which a member that rotates with the first worm wheel 50K and a yoke member that holds the rotation axis of the second finger joint portion 50E are coupled in the same direction. The finger second electric motor 50L is attached to the first finger segment 50A. The second worm 50M directly coupled to the rotation shaft of the finger second electric motor 50L meshes with the second worm wheel 50N. The second worm wheel 50N rotates around the rotation axis of the second finger joint unit 50E. The finger second electric motor 50L and the second worm 50M are provided to be inclined with respect to the first finger segment 50A. The second worm wheel 50N is attached to the second finger portion 50B. When the finger second electric motor 50L rotates, the second worm 50M rotates and the second worm wheel 50N rotates with the second finger segment 50B.

 第2指関節部50Eは、第1指関節部50Dと同様な構造である。第2指関節部50Eは、指部第2電動機50L、第2ウォーム50Mおよび第2ウォームホイール50Nを有するウォームギヤ機構により第2指関節部50Eを第1指節部50Aに対して回転させる。指部第2電動機50Lは、第1指節部50Aに配置される。第2ウォーム50Mは、指部第2電動機50Lにより回転する。第2ウォームホイール50Nは、第2ウォーム50Mとかみ合い第2指節部50Bと共に第2指関節部50Eの回転軸の回りを回転する。 The second finger joint unit 50E has the same structure as the first finger joint unit 50D. The second finger joint unit 50E rotates the second finger joint unit 50E with respect to the first finger unit 50A by a worm gear mechanism having a finger second electric motor 50L, a second worm 50M and a second worm wheel 50N. The finger second electric motor 50L is disposed in the first finger segment 50A. The second worm 50M is rotated by the finger second electric motor 50L. The second worm wheel 50N meshes with the second worm 50M and rotates around the rotation axis of the second finger joint unit 50E together with the second finger unit 50B.

 第1指関節部50Dと第2指関節部50Eは、それぞれ別の電動機により駆動されるので、第1指関節部50Dの回転角度と第2指関節部50Eの回転角度は独立に決めることができる。 Since the first finger joint unit 50D and the second finger joint unit 50E are respectively driven by different motors, the rotation angle of the first finger joint unit 50D and the rotation angle of the second finger joint unit 50E can be determined independently. it can.

 第1指関節部50Dが第1指節部50Aを回転させる方向、第2指関節部50Eが第2指節部50Bを回転させる方向、第3指関節部50Fが第3指節部50Cを回転させる方向は、すべて同じ方向である。 The direction in which the first finger joint 50D rotates the first finger segment 50A, the direction in which the second finger joint 50E rotates the second finger segment 50B, and the third finger joint 50F a third finger segment 50C The directions of rotation are all the same.

 指部第1電動機50Hおよび第1ウォーム50Jを掌板部46に対して傾斜して設けることで、掌板部46を小さくできる。指部第2電動機50Lおよび第2ウォーム50Mを第1指節部50Aに対して傾斜して設けることで、第1指節部50Aを短くできる。その結果、手部39を人の手と同程度の大きさにできる。 The palm plate portion 46 can be made smaller by inclining the finger first electric motor 50 H and the first worm 50 J with respect to the palm plate portion 46. By providing the second finger motor 50L and the second worm 50M at an angle with respect to the first finger portion 50A, the first finger portion 50A can be shortened. As a result, the hand 39 can be made as large as a human hand.

 第1指節部50Aは、ウォームギヤ機構を有する第1指関節部50Dにより掌板部46に対して回転し、かつウォームギヤ機構を有する第2指関節部50Eにより第2指節部50Bと回転可能に接続する。手部39の4本の普通指部では、手の平側から2個の指関節部である第1指関節部と第2指関節部に、ウォームギヤ機構を適用している。 The first phalanx portion 50A is rotated relative to the palm plate portion 46 by the first finger joint portion 50D having a worm gear mechanism, and can be rotated with the second phalanx portion 50B by the second finger joint portion 50E having the worm gear mechanism. Connect to In the four ordinary fingers of the hand 39, a worm gear mechanism is applied to a first finger joint and a second finger joint which are two finger joints from the palm side.

 第3指関節部50Fを回転させる機構を説明する。第3指関節部50Fには、第3指節駆動歯車50Pが設けられる。第3指節駆動歯車50Pは、第3指節部50Cと共に回転する。第2指節部50Bには、3個のアイドラギヤが設けられる。3個のアイドラギヤは、第2ウォームホイール50Nの回転を、第3指節駆動歯車50Pに伝える。アイドラギヤが3個と奇数個なので、第2ウォームホイール50Nが回転すると、第3指節駆動歯車50Pが同じ方向に回転する。 A mechanism for rotating the third finger joint unit 50F will be described. The third finger joint driving gear 50P is provided in the third finger joint unit 50F. The third finger drive gear 50P rotates with the third finger portion 50C. Three idler gears are provided in the second finger portion 50B. The three idler gears transmit the rotation of the second worm wheel 50N to the third finger drive gear 50P. Since the number of idler gears is an odd number such as three, when the second worm wheel 50N rotates, the third finger drive gear 50P rotates in the same direction.

 第2ウォームホイール48N、3個のアイドラギヤ、第3指節駆動歯車48Pのギヤ比は、第2ウォームホイール48Nの回転角度φ2と第3指節駆動歯車48Pの回転角度φ3が同じになるように決めている。つまり、φ3のφ2に対する比の値f=φ3/φ2を、f=1としている。第2ウォームホイール48Nすなわち第2指節部48Bの回転角度φ2に対する第3指節駆動歯車48Pすなわち第3指節部48Cの回転角度φ3の比の値f=φ3/φ2は、1に近い適切な値であればよい。 The gear ratios of the second worm wheel 48N, the three idler gears, and the third finger drive gear 48P are such that the rotation angle φ2 of the second worm wheel 48N and the rotation angle φ3 of the third finger drive gear 48P are the same. I have decided. That is, the value of the ratio of φ3 to φ2 f = φ3 / φ2 is f = 1. The ratio f = φ3 / φ2 of the ratio of the rotation angle φ3 of the third finger segment drive gear 48P, ie, the third finger segment 48C, to the rotation angle φ2 of the second worm wheel 48N, ie, the second finger segment 48B, is appropriately close to 1 The value should be

 第3指関節部を第2指関節部に連動させて回転させることで、1本の指部あたり2個の電動機で3個の指関節部を回転させることができる。第2指関節部および第3指関節部が連動して回転することは、手部39を使用する上で問題にはならない。第2指関節部を曲げないで第3指関節部だけを曲げるような動作をする必要がある場合は、ほとんどないからである。なお、第3指関節部も、第1指関節部および第2指関節部と同様にウォームギヤ機構で回転させるようにしてもよい。 By rotating the third finger joint in conjunction with the second finger joint, the three finger joints can be rotated by two electric motors per finger. Joint rotation of the second finger joint and the third finger joint is not a problem in using the hand 39. This is because there is almost no case where it is necessary to bend only the third finger joint without bending the second finger joint. The third finger joint may be rotated by the worm gear mechanism as well as the first finger joint and the second finger joint.

 対向可能指部51の構造を説明する。図21に示すように、対向可能指部51の第1指関節部51Dの回転軸を保持する指元ヨーク51Gは、掌板部46の裏面側の取付板部45Aに近い位置に設けられる。指元ヨーク51Gは、第2指部48とほぼ直交する方向に設けられる。指元ヨーク51Gの間には、指部第1電動機51Hが配置される。第1指部電動機51Hの回転軸に直結した第1ウォーム51Jが、第1指関節部51Dの回転軸の回りを回転する第1ウォームホイール51Kとかみ合う。第1ウォームホイール51Kは第2指節部51Bに取付けられている。第1指部電動機51Hが回転すると、第1ウォームホイール51Kが第1指節部51Aと共に回転する。第1指節部51Aが回転すると、第1指部47などと対向する位置に第2指節部51Bおよび第3指節部51Cが移動する。 The structure of the facing possible finger portion 51 will be described. As shown in FIG. 21, the finger base yoke 51 </ b> G for holding the rotation axis of the first finger joint portion 51 </ b> D of the facing possible finger portion 51 is provided at a position near the mounting plate portion 45 </ b> A on the back surface side of the palm plate portion 46. The finger base yoke 51 </ b> G is provided in a direction substantially orthogonal to the second finger portion 48. The first finger motor 51H is disposed between the finger yokes 51G. The first worm 51J directly connected to the rotation shaft of the first finger electric motor 51H meshes with the first worm wheel 51K that rotates around the rotation shaft of the first finger joint 51D. The first worm wheel 51K is attached to the second finger portion 51B. When the first finger motor 51H rotates, the first worm wheel 51K rotates with the first finger portion 51A. When the first finger segment 51A rotates, the second finger segment 51B and the third finger segment 51C move to a position facing the first finger 47 or the like.

 対向可能指部51の第1指節部51Aは、第1指節元部51Tと、第1指節先部51Uとを有する。第1指節元部51Tは、第1ウォームホイール51Kが回転することで第1指節部51Aと共に回転する。第1指節先部51Uは、第1指節元部51Tの回転方向と約70度の角度を有する方向を向く。なお、第1指節先部51Uが向く方向は、第1指節部47Aなどが向く方向と平行である。第1指節元部51Tの第1指関節部51Dに接続する側とは反対側の端は平板状になっている。第1指節元部51Tの平板状の部分に、第1指節先部51Uが結合する。第1指節先部51Uには、指部第2電動機51Hが配置され、第2指関節部47Eの回転軸を保持するヨーク部材が設けられる。 The first phalanx portion 51A of the opposing finger portion 51 has a first phalanx root portion 51T and a first phalanx tip portion 51U. The first finger segment root 51T rotates with the first finger segment 51A as the first worm wheel 51K rotates. The first finger segment tip 51U faces in a direction having an angle of about 70 degrees with the rotation direction of the first finger segment root 51T. Note that the direction in which the first finger segment tip portion 51U faces is parallel to the direction in which the first finger segment portion 47A or the like faces. The end on the opposite side to the side connected to the 1st finger joint part 51D of the 1st phalanx base part 51T is flat form. The first finger segment tip portion 51U is coupled to the flat portion of the first finger segment root portion 51T. In the first finger tip unit 51U, a finger second electric motor 51H is disposed, and a yoke member for holding a rotation shaft of the second finger joint 47E is provided.

 対向可能指部51では、第1指関節部51Dが第1指節部51Aを回転させる方向が、第2指関節部51Eが第2指節部51Bを回転させる方向とは異なる。対向可能指部51の第2指関節部51Eから指先側の構造は、第1指部47などと同様である。 In the confrontable finger unit 51, the direction in which the first finger joint unit 51D rotates the first finger joint unit 51A is different from the direction in which the second finger joint unit 51E rotates the second finger unit 51B. The structure on the fingertip side of the second finger joint unit 51E of the opposite possible finger unit 51 is the same as that of the first finger unit 47 or the like.

 手部39では、指関節部を駆動するためのすべての機構が手部39の内部に設けられている。そのため、手部39だけを取外してメンテナンスや故障の修理などができる。 In the hand 39, all mechanisms for driving the finger joints are provided inside the hand 39. Therefore, only the hand portion 39 can be removed to perform maintenance or repair of a failure.

 モビルスーツ100は、人の手と同様な構造の手部39を有している。そのため、人が把持可能な形状の物であればどのような物でも、手部39で把持できる。腕部8を動かして、物を把持した手部39を適切な位置に移動させる。手部39をその位置に保持したまま、2本の脚部7を動かして歩くことで、物を運搬できる。また、モビルスーツ100の手部39で把持するので、人の手で直接触れることのできない危険物体を把持できる。手部39は、片手あたり10個の電動機で、5本の指の曲げ具合を、持つ物体に合わせることができる。 The mobile suit 100 has a hand 39 having a structure similar to that of a human hand. Therefore, any object that can be grasped by a person can be grasped by the hand 39. The arm 8 is moved to move the hand 39 holding the object to an appropriate position. An object can be transported by moving the two legs 7 and walking while holding the hand 39 in that position. In addition, since the mobile suit 100 grips with the hand 39, it is possible to grip dangerous objects that can not be touched directly by human hands. The hand portion 39 is a motor with ten motors per one hand, and the bending degree of five fingers can be matched to an object having one.

 手部39では、電動機が回転すれば、ウォームギヤ機構により指関節部が回転する。電動機に電力が供給されなくなり電動機が回転しない場合は、ウォームギヤ機構が指関節部の角度をそのまま保持する。ウォームギヤ機構では、指関節部を回転させようとする力が働いても、ねじの抵抗によりウォームが回転せず、指関節部が回転しない。指関節部に非常に大きな力がかかる場合は、指関節部を駆動する機構にラチェット機構あるいはロック機構を持たせてもよい。 In the hand portion 39, when the motor rotates, the finger joint portion is rotated by the worm gear mechanism. When power is not supplied to the motor and the motor does not rotate, the worm gear mechanism holds the angle of the finger joint as it is. In the worm gear mechanism, even if a force to rotate the finger joint acts, the worm does not rotate due to the resistance of the screw, and the finger joint does not rotate. If a very large force is applied to the finger joint, the mechanism for driving the finger joint may have a ratchet mechanism or a lock mechanism.

 手部の指関節部に電動機の替わりにラチェット機構を持たせてもよい。ラチェット機構により、小さい力で曲げることができるが伸ばすことはできないようにしてもよい。持つ物体の形状に合わせて指の曲がり具合を変えて、物体を持つようにしてもよい。ある曲がり具合で指関節部の角度を固定することも可能とする。角度を決めた状態からは、ボタンなどを押すことで自由に動かせる状態に変更できる。指部の数は5本でなくてもよく、少なくとも3本あればよい。他の指と対向可能な対向可能指は無くてもよい。1本の指あたり1個または2個の指関節部を有するようにしてもよい。第1指関節部と第1指関節ロック部を有するものであれば、手部はどのようなものでもよい。第1指関節部は、第1指節部と掌板部とがなす角度を変更可能に掌板部に接続する。第1指関節ロック部は、第1指関節部の角度が変化することを防止する。 The finger joint of the hand may have a ratchet mechanism instead of the motor. The ratcheting mechanism may allow a small amount of force to be bent but not extended. The curvature of the finger may be changed in accordance with the shape of the object to hold to hold the object. It is also possible to fix the angle of the finger joint in a certain degree of bending. Once the angle is determined, it can be changed freely by pressing a button or the like. The number of fingers does not have to be five, but at least three. There may not be any other possible finger that can face the other finger. One or two finger joints may be provided per finger. Any hand may be used as long as it has the first finger joint and the first finger joint lock. The first finger joint portion is connected to the palm plate portion so as to be changeable at an angle formed by the first phalanx portion and the palm plate portion. The first finger joint lock prevents changes in the angle of the first finger joint.

 電子制御部9は、蓄電池、電動機駆動回路および制御回路などを有する。蓄電池は、モバイルスーツ100の電源となる。蓄電池は、モバイルスーツ100が有する電動機や電動発電機に供給する電力を貯蔵している。電動機駆動回路は、各電動機を駆動する電流を生成する。制御回路は、各種のセンサの検出値が入力されてモバイルスーツ100が有する電動機やロック部を制御する。電子制御部9は、分割して配置してもよく、背中以外の場所に配置してもよい。電子制御部9を背中側に配置することで、電子制御部9が大きい場合でも着用者90の手足の動きを妨げることが少なくなる。また、電子制御部9が背中側にあることで、モバイルスーツ100を着用した着用者90が前後の重心のバランスをとることが容易になる。 The electronic control unit 9 has a storage battery, a motor drive circuit, a control circuit, and the like. The storage battery is a power supply of the mobile suit 100. The storage battery stores electric power supplied to the motor and motor generator of the mobile suit 100. The motor drive circuit generates a current for driving each motor. The control circuit receives detection values of various sensors and controls the motor and the lock unit of the mobile suit 100. The electronic control unit 9 may be divided and disposed, or may be disposed at a place other than the back. By arranging the electronic control unit 9 on the back side, even when the electronic control unit 9 is large, the movement of the limbs of the wearer 90 is less likely to be impeded. In addition, when the electronic control unit 9 is on the back side, it becomes easy for the wearer 90 wearing the mobile suit 100 to balance the center of gravity in front and back.

 動作を説明する。図23は、モビルスーツ100を着用して重量物を運搬する手順を説明するフローチャートである。ここでは、図24および図25に示すように、物体91と物体92を運搬する場合で説明する。物体91は、荷物積載部2にを載せる。物体92は、前方に上げて上側に向けた手部39の上に載せる。図24および図25は、モビルスーツを人が着用して荷物を運搬している状態での前方から見た斜視図および正面図である。 The operation will be described. FIG. 23 is a flow chart for explaining the procedure for carrying heavy items by wearing the mobile suit 100. Here, as shown in FIG. 24 and FIG. 25, the case of carrying the object 91 and the object 92 will be described. The object 91 places the luggage loading unit 2 on it. The object 92 is raised on the front and placed on the hand 39 directed upward. FIG. 24 and FIG. 25 are a front perspective view and a front view of a mobile suit in which a person wears a package and carries a load.

 物体91が運搬したい重量物である。物体91は、図示しないロープなどにより荷物積載部2に固定されている。手部39の上に載せる物体92は、物体91とつりあいを取るためのカウンターウェイトの役割も持っている。手部39の上に物体92を載せることで、着用者90の上体の前傾が小さい姿勢でも上体重心を上体回転軸の上に位置させることができる。物体92は手部39に固定されておらず、物体92の側面を着用者90が手で押さえる。 The object 91 is a heavy object to be transported. The object 91 is fixed to the luggage loading unit 2 by a rope or the like (not shown). The object 92 placed on the hand 39 also has a role of a counterweight for balancing with the object 91. By placing the object 92 on the hand portion 39, the upper body center of gravity can be positioned on the upper body rotation axis even in a posture in which the forward inclination of the upper body of the wearer 90 is small. The object 92 is not fixed to the hand 39, and the wearer 90 holds the side of the object 92 by hand.

 ステップS01で、着用者90がモビルスーツ100を着用する。着用者90が、上体部1および腰部3の中に上から入る。腰連結ベルト17を着用者90の服に設けられたベルト通しに通して、着用者90の体幹と腰部3を連結する。着用者90の右足を右の足本体部6Aに載せ足保持部6Cで固定する。左足も同様に左の足本体部6Aに固定する。モビルスーツ100を着用した後では、着用者90は椅子に座っているとする。モビルスーツ100の各アクチュエータは動作できる、フルサポートモードとする。 In step S01, the wearer 90 wears the mobile suit 100. A wearer 90 enters the upper body 1 and the lower back 3 from above. The waist connecting belt 17 is passed through a belt provided in the clothes of the wearer 90 to connect the trunk of the wearer 90 and the waist 3. The right foot of the wearer 90 is placed on the right foot main portion 6A and fixed by the foot holding portion 6C. Likewise, the left foot is fixed to the left foot main body 6A. After wearing the mobile suit 100, the wearer 90 is assumed to be sitting in a chair. Each actuator of the mobile suit 100 can be operated in a full support mode.

 ステップS02で、左右の腕部8を前方に出し、手部39を上に向けた状態にする。長さロック機構41S、43Sを、上腕駆動リンク41Lおよび前腕駆動リンク43Lの長さを変更可能な状態にする。リモコンなどで腕部8の各電動機を回転させて、上腕フレーム37および上腕フレーム38を着用者90が移動させる。適切な位置に手部39が存在する状態で、長さロック機構41S、43Sを、長さを変更できない状態にする。なお、ねじ駆動系のアクチュエータでは、電動機に電力が供給されなくても、その長さを維持できる特徴があるので、長さロック機構41S、43Sは有しなくてもよい。 At step S02, the left and right arms 8 are brought forward and the hand 39 is turned upward. The lengths of the upper arm drive link 41L and the forearm drive link 43L can be changed in the length lock mechanisms 41S and 43S. The electric motor of the arm 8 is rotated by a remote control or the like, and the wearer 90 moves the upper arm frame 37 and the upper arm frame 38. With the hand 39 present at an appropriate position, the length lock mechanisms 41S, 43S can not be changed in length. In the actuator of the screw drive system, the length lock mechanisms 41S and 43S may not be provided because the length of the actuator can be maintained even if power is not supplied to the motor.

 手首回転ロック部44Sを回転可能な状態にして、着用者90が手部39を回転させて、手部39の手の平が適切な方向を向くようにする。さらに、必要であれば、手部39の各電動機をリモコンで動作させ、第1指部47、第2指部48、第3指部49、第4指部50の第1指関節および第2指関節の角度を適切な角度にする。腕部8の位置および向きを物体の運搬に適した状態にするためのプログラムを予め作成しておき、そのプログラムにより電動機41M、43Mと手部39の各モータを制御してもよい。 With the wrist rotation lock portion 44S in a rotatable state, the wearer 90 rotates the hand 39 so that the palm of the hand 39 faces in an appropriate direction. Furthermore, if necessary, each motor of the hand 39 is operated by remote control, and the first finger joint and the second finger of the first finger 47, the second finger 48, the third finger 49, and the fourth finger 50 are operated. Make the angle of the finger joint an appropriate angle. A program may be created in advance to make the position and orientation of the arm 8 suitable for carrying an object, and the motors of the motors 41M and 43M and the hand 39 may be controlled by the program.

 ステップS03で、荷物積載部2に物体91を載せて固定する。S03は、着用者90ではない人が実施する。ステップS04で、左右の手部39の上に物体92を載せる。物体92を載せるのは、着用者90ではない人でもよいし、物体92を手渡された着用者90でもよい。S03とS04は、順番を入れ替えてもよい。 In step S03, the object 91 is placed on the load carrying unit 2 and fixed. The person who is not the wearer 90 carries out S03. In step S04, the object 92 is placed on the left and right hand portions 39. The object 92 may be placed by a person other than the wearer 90 or may be a wearer 90 handed over the object 92. The order of S03 and S04 may be reversed.

 ステップS05で、着用者90が立ち上がる。腰応力センサ17Sが、着用者90の腰が腰部3を上に移動させようとする力を発生していることを検出する。検出した上向きの力に応じて、両脚の大腿駆動アクチュエータ28および膝関節駆動アクチュエータ33が動作し、大腿駆動リンク28Lおよび膝関節駆動リンク33Lが長くなり、着用者90が立ち上がることができる。着用者90の腰が腰部3を上に移動させようとする力を検出しなくなる時点で、大腿駆動リンク28Lおよび膝関節駆動リンク33Lの長さは変化しなくなる。 At step S05, the wearer 90 stands up. The waist stress sensor 17S detects that the waist of the wearer 90 generates a force to move the waist 3 upward. In response to the detected upward force, the thigh drive actuator 28 and the knee joint drive actuator 33 of both legs operate to lengthen the thigh drive link 28L and the knee joint drive link 33L so that the wearer 90 can stand up. When the waist of the wearer 90 does not detect a force to move the waist 3 upward, the lengths of the thigh drive link 28L and the knee joint drive link 33L do not change.

 ステップS06で、着用者90が両脚の大腿駆動アクチュエータ28および膝関節駆動アクチュエータ33を歩行モードにする。モード変更は、着用者90の手以外でも操作できるものとする。 In step S06, the wearer 90 places the thigh drive actuator 28 and the knee joint drive actuator 33 of both legs in the walking mode. The mode change can be operated by other than the hand of the wearer 90.

 ステップS07で、着用者90が歩いて物体91、92を運ぶ。歩く動作の詳細は、後で説明する。 In step S07, the wearer 90 walks and carries the objects 91 and 92. The details of the walking motion will be described later.

 ステップS08で、目的地に着いた着用者90が、両脚の大腿駆動アクチュエータ28および膝関節駆動アクチュエータ33をフルサポートモードにする。 In step S08, the wearer 90 who has arrived at the destination places the thigh drive actuators 28 and the knee joint drive actuators 33 of both legs in the full support mode.

 ステップS09で、着用者90が座る。腰応力センサ17Sが、着用者90の腰が腰部3を下に移動させようとする力を発生していることを検出する。検出した下向きの力に応じて、両脚の大腿駆動アクチュエータ28および膝関節駆動アクチュエータ33が動作する。ゆっくりと重心を下方に移動させるように、大腿駆動リンク28Lおよび膝関節駆動リンク33Lが短くなる。こうして、着用者90が座ることができる。着用者90が座ると、腰応力センサ17Sが着用者90の腰が腰部3を下に移動させようとする力を検出しなくなる。その時点で、大腿駆動リンク28Lおよび膝関節駆動リンク33Lの長さは変化しなくなる。 In step S09, the wearer 90 sits down. The waist stress sensor 17S detects that the waist of the wearer 90 generates a force to move the waist 3 downward. In response to the detected downward force, the thigh drive actuator 28 and the knee joint drive actuator 33 of both legs operate. The thigh drive link 28L and the knee joint drive link 33L are shortened so as to move the center of gravity downward slowly. Thus, the wearer 90 can sit. When the wearer 90 sits down, the waist stress sensor 17S does not detect the force of the waist of the wearer 90 to move the waist 3 downward. At that time, the lengths of the thigh drive link 28L and the knee joint drive link 33L do not change.

 ステップS10で、荷物積載部2から物体91を下ろす。S10は、着用者90ではない人が実施する。ステップS11で、左右の手部39の上から物体92を下ろす。S11は、着用者90ではない人が実施する。S10とS11は、順番を入れ替えてもよい。 In step S10, the object 91 is lowered from the luggage loading unit 2. A person who is not the wearer 90 carries out S10. In step S11, the object 92 is lowered from above the left and right hand portions 39. The person who is not the wearer 90 carries out S11. The order of S10 and S11 may be reversed.

 ステップS12で、左右の腕部8を基準状態に戻す。 At step S12, the left and right arms 8 are returned to the reference state.

 ステップS13で、着用者90がモビルスーツ100を脱ぐ。複数の物体を運んだ後で、着用者90がモビルスーツ100を脱ぐようにしてもよい。 At step S13, the wearer 90 takes off the mobile suit 100. After carrying multiple objects, the wearer 90 may take off the mobile suit 100.

 モビルスーツ100を着用した着用者90が歩く際の動作を説明する。モビルスーツ100を着用した状態では、物体91、92およびモビルスーツ100の荷重(負荷荷重)は、モビルスーツ100の上体部1、腰部3および2本の脚部7が支える。着用者90には、負荷荷重はかからない。負荷荷重は、着地している左右の足首関節部J16にかかる荷重の合計である。そのため、負荷荷重には、モビルスーツ100の着地している足部6の重量は含まれない。着用者90は、体幹を動かすことで腰連結ベルト17を介して腰部3を移動させ、モビルスーツ100が倒れない適切な位置に負荷荷重の重心が存在するように制御する。 The operation when the wearer 90 wearing the mobile suit 100 walks will be described. When the mobile suit 100 is worn, the load (load load) of the objects 91 and 92 and the mobile suit 100 is supported by the upper body 1 of the mobile suit 100, the waist 3 and the two legs 7. No load is applied to the wearer 90. The applied load is the sum of the loads applied to the left and right ankle joints J16 that are landed. Therefore, the load does not include the weight of the foot 6 on which the mobile suit 100 is landed. The wearer 90 moves the waist 3 via the waist connecting belt 17 by moving the trunk, and controls the center of gravity of the load to be present at an appropriate position where the mobile suit 100 does not fall down.

 2足歩行時にモビルスーツ100が倒れないためには、モビルスーツ100の2個の足部6がともに着地している場合は、2個の足首関節部J16を結ぶ線分の上に負荷荷重の重心が存在するようにすればよい。1個の足部6だけが着地している場合は、着地している足部6の足首関節部J16の上に負荷荷重の重心が存在するようにすればよい。ここで、負荷荷重の重心である負荷重心を通る鉛直な直線を負荷重心線と呼ぶ。厳密には、負荷重心線が、着地している2個の足部6の足首関節部J16を結ぶ線分、または1個だけが着地している足部6の足首関節部J16から決められた範囲を通るようにすればよい。当然ながら、左右のどちらの足部6でも片方の足部6だけが着地した姿勢を、モバイルスーツ100を着用した着用者90が取れる必要がある。足部6が着地しているかどうかは、反力センサ6Dの検出する反力の大きさで判断する。反力が決められた閾値未満であれば着地していないと判断し、反力が閾値以上であれば着地していると判断する。 In order to prevent the mobile suit 100 from falling down when walking on two legs, when the two feet 6 of the mobile suit 100 are both landing, the load on the line connecting the two ankle joints J16 It is sufficient if the center of gravity exists. When only one foot 6 is landed, the center of gravity of the applied load may be present on the ankle joint J16 of the foot 6 that is landed. Here, a vertical straight line passing through the load center of gravity which is the center of gravity of the load is called a load center of gravity line. Strictly speaking, the load barycentric line is determined from the line connecting the ankle joint J16 of the two landings 6 or the ankle joint J16 of the foot 6 on which only one is landing. You just have to go through the range. As a matter of course, it is necessary for the wearer 90 wearing the mobile suit 100 to be able to take a posture in which only one of the left and right feet 6 has landed. Whether or not the foot 6 has landed is determined by the magnitude of the reaction force detected by the reaction force sensor 6D. If the reaction force is less than the determined threshold value, it is determined that the landing has not occurred, and if the reaction force is equal to or more than the threshold, it is determined that the landing has occurred.

 ここで、足部6が着地するとは、足本体部6Aの底面が地面などに接触している場合を意味する。地面などには、アスファルトの道路、コンクリートの岸壁、橋や塔など屋外の構造物など、建築物の床面、階段、屋根など、さらには床に置かれた家具なども含むものとする。地面などには、地球の表面に荷重が伝えられる場所すべてが含まれる。また、モビルスーツ100を車両や船舶や航空機などの上や内部などで使用する場合において、足本体部6Aの底面が車両や船舶や航空機などに接触している場合は、着地している場合に含むとする。 Here, that the foot 6 lands means that the bottom surface of the foot main body 6A is in contact with the ground or the like. The ground, etc. shall include asphalt roads, concrete quays, outdoor structures such as bridges and towers, floor surfaces of buildings, stairs, roofs and so forth, as well as furniture placed on the floor. The ground etc. include all places where load is transmitted to the surface of the earth. When the mobile suit 100 is used on or inside a vehicle, a ship, an aircraft, etc., when the bottom of the foot main body 6A is in contact with the vehicle, ship, aircraft, etc. Assume that it includes.

 図26から図34を参照して、モバイルスーツ100を着用した着用者90が片足で立っている場合について説明する。図26から図32は、物体を保持していない場合であるが、物体を保持している場合も同様である。図26、図27および図28は、モビルスーツ100を人が着用して左足を上げた状態での前方から見た斜視図、正面図および左側面図である。図29、図30、図31および図32は、モビルスーツ100を人が着用して左足を上げた状態でのモビルスーツ100の正面図、左側面図、平面図および底面図である。図33は、モビルスーツ100を人が着用して両足を着地した状態と左足を上げた状態でのモビルスーツ100の正面図を比較する図である。図34は、モビルスーツ100を人が着用して両足を着地した状態と左足を上げた状態でのモビルスーツ100の底面図を比較する図である。図33および図34では、両足で立つ場合が(A)であり、片足で立つ場合が(B)である。 With reference to FIGS. 26 to 34, the case where the wearer 90 wearing the mobile suit 100 stands with one foot will be described. FIGS. 26 to 32 show the case where the object is not held, but the same applies to the case where the object is held. 26, 27 and 28 are a perspective view, a front view and a left side view as seen from the front in a state where the mobile suit 100 is worn by a person and the left foot is raised. 29, 30, 31, and 32 are a front view, a left side view, a plan view and a bottom view of the mobile suit 100 in a state where the mobile suit 100 is worn by a person and the left foot is raised. FIG. 33 is a view comparing front views of the mobile suit 100 in a state in which a person wears the mobile suit 100 and lands both feet and a state in which the left foot is raised. FIG. 34 is a diagram comparing the bottom views of the mobile suit 100 in a state in which a person wears the mobile suit 100 and lands both feet and a state in which the left foot is raised. In FIGS. 33 and 34, the case of standing with both feet is (A), and the case of standing with one foot is (B).

 モバイルスーツ100を着用した着用者90は、片足で立つことができる。図33に、股関節部J6と足首関節部J16を結ぶ直線(脚直線と呼ぶ)を点線で示す。鉛直な直線を一点鎖線で示す。片足で立つ場合の方が、脚直線の左右方向の傾きが大きく、足首関節部J16が股関節部J6に対して左右方向の中央側に来るように傾いている。図34に、開閉脚軸J5と腰側大腿駆動リンク取付部J10を結ぶ直線(開閉脚線と呼ぶ)を点線で示す。Y軸に平行な直線を一点鎖線で示す。両足で立つ(A)の場合は、開閉脚線の前方側は、Y軸に平行な直線に対して少し外側に開いている。片足で立つ(B)の場合は、開閉脚線の前方側が内側に存在している。これにより、片足で立つ場合には、足首関節部J16が左右方向の中央に来ることになる。開閉脚軸J5が股関節部J6よりも後側に配置されているので、片足で立つ場合に、開閉脚線の前方側が左右方向の内側に存在することになる。脚直線が傾くこと、開閉脚線の前方側が左右方向の内側に存在することのどちらも、片足で立つ場合に負荷重心線を着地している足部6の足首関節部J16に近づける効果がある。 The wearer 90 wearing the mobile suit 100 can stand on one foot. In FIG. 33, a straight line connecting the hip portion J6 and the ankle joint J16 (referred to as a leg straight line) is indicated by a dotted line. A vertical straight line is indicated by an alternate long and short dash line. In the case of standing with one leg, the leg straight line has a greater inclination in the left-right direction, and the ankle joint J16 is inclined so as to be on the center side in the left-right direction with respect to the hip joint J6. In FIG. 34, a straight line (referred to as an opening and closing leg) connecting the opening and closing leg shaft J5 and the lower thigh drive link attachment portion J10 is indicated by a dotted line. A straight line parallel to the Y axis is indicated by an alternate long and short dash line. In the case of standing on both feet (A), the front side of the opening and closing leg line opens slightly outward with respect to a straight line parallel to the Y axis. In the case of standing on one foot (B), the front side of the opening and closing leg line exists inside. Thus, when standing with one foot, the ankle joint J16 comes to the center in the left-right direction. Since the opening and closing leg axis J5 is disposed rearward of the hip joint J6, when standing with one foot, the front side of the opening and closing leg line exists inside in the left-right direction. Both straightening of the leg straightness and the fact that the front side of the open and close leg line is on the inner side in the left and right direction has the effect of bringing the load barycentric line closer to the ankle joint J16 of the foot 6 landing when standing with one foot. .

 両足が着地している状態から左右のどちらか一方の側の足(片足)だけで着地する状態へ変化させるには、着用者90が片足側に体幹を移動させる。体幹が移動すると、腰連結ベルト17により腰部3が移動する。モビルスーツ100では、体幹が移動する先の側(移動先側)の足首関節部J16が負荷重心線に近づくように、大腿開閉脚フレーム22、大腿骨部および下腿部が回転する。このため、モビルスーツ100では、両足で立つ状態から片足だけで立つ状態へとスムーズに容易に変化できる。片足が左右どちらの足でも、同様である。 In order to change from the state in which both feet are landed to the state in which the foot is landed with only one foot (one foot) on either side, the wearer 90 moves the trunk to one foot side. When the trunk moves, the waist 3 moves by the waist connecting belt 17. In the mobile suit 100, the thigh open / close leg frame 22, the femur and the lower thigh rotate so that the ankle joint J16 on the side (destination side) to which the trunk moves moves closer to the load barycentric line. Therefore, in the mobile suit 100, it is possible to smoothly and easily change from the state of standing on both feet to the state of standing on only one foot. It is the same whether one leg is right or left.

 2足歩行時に大腿駆動リンク28を伸縮することによりX軸回りの回転モーメントが発生する。X軸回りの回転モーメントは、腰部3を経由して反対側の脚部7に伝わる。反対側の脚部7は着地しているので、地面から反力および逆方向の回転モーメントを受ける。その結果、モビルスーツ100全体としてはX軸回りに回転することなく、2足歩行できる。 By expanding and contracting the thigh drive link 28 during bipedal walking, a rotational moment about the X axis is generated. The rotational moment about the X axis is transmitted to the leg 7 on the opposite side via the waist 3. Since the opposite leg 7 lands, it receives a reaction force and a reverse rotation moment from the ground. As a result, the mobile suit 100 as a whole can walk on two legs without rotating around the X axis.

 着用者90は、両足が着地している状態で、片足側に体幹を移動させ、体幹が移動する先の側の脚部7にだけ負荷荷重がかかるようにする。片脚だけに負荷荷重がかかった状態で、負荷荷重がかからない方の脚部7を上げて前方に移動させる。片足だけが着地している状態でも着用者90は体幹を移動させることで、負荷荷重の重心が着地している足部6の足首関節部J16の上にくるようにバランスをとることができる。着用者90は、着地していない脚部7を前方に着地させる。着地した後は、前側の脚部7にだけ負荷荷重がかかるように、体幹を移動させる。前側の脚部7だけが負荷荷重を負担するようになると、後側の脚部7をあげて前方に移動させる。このような動作を繰り返すことで、モバイルスーツ100を着用した着用者90は歩く。 The wearer 90 moves the trunk to one foot side in a state where both feet are landed, and applies a load only to the leg 7 on the side to which the trunk moves. With a load applied to only one leg, the leg 7 with no load applied is lifted and moved forward. Even in the state where only one foot is landing, the wearer 90 can balance by moving the trunk so that the center of gravity of the applied load is on the ankle joint J16 of the foot 6 on which the landing is located. . The wearer 90 lands the ungrounded leg 7 forward. After landing, the trunk is moved so that a load is applied only to the front leg 7. When only the front leg 7 bears the load, the rear leg 7 is raised and moved forward. By repeating such an operation, the wearer 90 wearing the mobile suit 100 walks.

 大腿駆動アクチュエータ28と膝関節駆動アクチュエータ33は、負荷重心の位置を移動させる上で電力をほとんど使用しなくてもよい。着地している脚部7で負荷荷重を支えることができるように、膝関節部J9の角度が適切になるように膝関節駆動アクチュエータ33が動作する。着地している脚部7の股関節部J6の角度は、負荷重心の移動に合わせて変化すればよい。そのため、大腿駆動アクチュエータ28は電力を消費しなくてもよい。着地していない側の脚部7では、着用者90の動きに合わせて電動発電機28M、33Mが回転するので、発電できる。なお、電動発電機28M、33Mが発電した電力は、電子制御部9の内部またはその他の場所にある蓄電池に貯蔵する。電動発電機28M、33Mの界磁は、着用者90にとって発電時の負担が重くなく、発電量が大きくなるように適切な強さとする。 The thigh drive actuator 28 and the knee joint drive actuator 33 may use little power to move the position of the load center of gravity. The knee joint drive actuator 33 operates so that the angle of the knee joint J9 becomes appropriate so that the landing leg 7 can support the load. The angle of the hip portion J6 of the landing leg 7 may be changed in accordance with the movement of the load center of gravity. Therefore, the thigh drive actuator 28 may not consume power. Since the motor generators 28M and 33M rotate in accordance with the movement of the wearer 90, the legs 7 on the non-landing side can generate electric power. The electric power generated by the motor generators 28M and 33M is stored in a storage battery in the electronic control unit 9 or in another place. The field of the motor generators 28M and 33M is set to an appropriate strength so that the burden on the generation of electricity for the wearer 90 is not heavy and the amount of generated electricity is large.

 着用者90が歩く動作に合わせて大腿駆動リンク28Lおよび膝関節駆動リンク33Lが伸縮する条件について説明する。まず、大腿駆動リンク28Lについて説明する。長さロック機構28Sが動作(ロック)していない場合は、股関節部J6の回りに大腿骨フレーム25を大腿開閉脚フレームに対して回転させるトルク(股回転トルク)が加えられると、大腿駆動リンク28Lには長さを変更する力が加えられる。大腿駆動リンク28Lのは長さを変更する力の大きさは、股関節部J6と大腿駆動リンク28Lの間の距離に応じて決まる。大腿駆動リンク28Lが有するねじ部での摩擦力が大腿駆動リンク28Lの長さを変更する力よりも小さければ、大腿駆動リンク28Lの長さを変更する力によりねじ棒が回転して大腿駆動リンク28Lが伸縮する。ねじ部での摩擦力から決まる股回転トルク閾値以上の股回転トルクが加えられた場合に、大腿駆動リンク28Lの長さを変更できる。着用者90の動きに応じて発電する場合は、股回転トルク閾値を着用者90が出せるトルクよりも小さくしておけば、着用者90の動作に合わせて大腿駆動リンク28Lが伸縮する。 A condition in which the thigh drive link 28L and the knee joint drive link 33L expand and contract in accordance with the walking motion of the wearer 90 will be described. First, the thigh drive link 28L will be described. When the length lock mechanism 28S is not operating (locking), when a torque (crotch rotational torque) for rotating the femoral frame 25 relative to the thigh open-close leg frame around the hip joint J6 is applied, the thigh drive link The 28L has the power to change its length. The magnitude of the force for changing the length of the thigh drive link 28L depends on the distance between the hip joint J6 and the thigh drive link 28L. If the frictional force at the screw portion of the femoral drive link 28L is smaller than the force for changing the length of the femoral drive link 28L, the force for changing the length of the femoral drive link 28L causes the screw rod to rotate and the femoral drive link 28L stretches. When a crotch rotational torque equal to or greater than a crotch rotational torque threshold determined from the frictional force at the screw portion is applied, the length of the thigh drive link 28L can be changed. When generating electric power according to the movement of the wearer 90, if the crotch rotation torque threshold is set smaller than the torque that the wearer 90 can exert, the thigh drive link 28L expands and contracts in accordance with the movement of the wearer 90.

 膝関節駆動リンク33Lについても同様に、長さロック機構33Sが動作していない場合は、膝回転トルク閾値以上の膝回転トルクが加えられると、膝関節駆動リンク33Lの長さを変更できる。膝回転トルク閾値は、膝関節駆動リンク33Lのねじ部での摩擦力から決まる。膝回転トルクとは、膝関節部J9の回りに下腿部5を大腿骨フレーム25に対して回転させるトルクである。着用者90の動きに応じて発電する場合は、膝回転トルク閾値を着用者90が出せるトルクよりも小さくしておけば、着用者90の動作に合わせて膝関節駆動リンク33Lが伸縮する。 Similarly, with regard to the knee joint drive link 33L, when the length lock mechanism 33S is not operating, the length of the knee joint drive link 33L can be changed when knee rotation torque equal to or greater than the knee rotation torque threshold is applied. The knee rotation torque threshold is determined from the frictional force at the screw portion of the knee joint drive link 33L. The knee rotation torque is a torque for rotating the lower leg 5 with respect to the femoral frame 25 around the knee joint J9. When generating power according to the movement of the wearer 90, if the knee rotation torque threshold is set smaller than the torque that the wearer 90 can exert, the knee joint drive link 33L expands and contracts in accordance with the movement of the wearer 90.

 片足だけで着地している場合は、着地している脚部7の膝関節駆動リンク33Lの長さが変化しないように長さロック機構33Sをロック状態にすれば、消費する電力をさらに少なくできる。電子制御部9の内部の制御回路が、長さロック機構33Sをロック状態にする。片足だけで着地している場合は、左右どちらか一方の足部6の反力センサ6Dが検出する反力が閾値未満である場合である。制御回路は、左右どちらか一方の足部6の反力センサ6Dが検出する反力が閾値未満である場合に、他方の反力センサが設けられた足部6の側の長さロック機構33Sを動作させるロック制御部である。 When landing with only one foot, power consumption can be further reduced if the length lock mechanism 33S is locked so that the length of the knee joint drive link 33L of the landing leg 7 does not change. . A control circuit inside the electronic control unit 9 locks the length lock mechanism 33S. In the case of landing with only one foot, the reaction force detected by the reaction force sensor 6D of either the left or right foot portion 6 is less than the threshold. When the reaction force detected by the reaction force sensor 6D of either the left or right foot 6 is less than the threshold value, the control circuit controls the length lock mechanism 33S on the side of the foot 6 on which the other reaction force sensor is provided. Lock control unit to operate the

 歩行モードであっても、着用者90が転ばないように急激な加速度が発生する場合は、モビルスーツ100は各関節で、加速度が発生している方向とは反対の方向の力を発生させる。 Even in the walking mode, if a rapid acceleration occurs so that the wearer 90 does not fall, the mobile suit 100 generates a force in each joint in the direction opposite to the direction in which the acceleration occurs.

 モビルスーツ100では、着用者90が2足歩行できる。着用者90が重量物を背中あるいは胸側、または両方に抱えている場合でも、同様に2足歩行できる。モビルスーツ100を着用して歩く際には、モビルスーツ100が負荷荷重を支える。着用者90は、腰の動きでバランスをとり、左右交互に片足が地面から離れるように脚を動かすことにより2足歩行できる。モビルスーツ100では、2足歩行時の消費電力を従来よりも低減できる。立ち上がる、荷物を持ち上げるなど大きな力が必要な場合は、モビルスーツ100が力を出し、着用者90には負荷をかけない。 In the mobile suit 100, the wearer 90 can walk on two legs. Even when the wearer 90 holds a heavy item on his / her back or chest side or both, he / she can similarly walk on two legs. When walking wearing the mobile suit 100, the mobile suit 100 supports a load. The wearer 90 can walk on two legs by balancing with the motion of the hips and moving the legs so that one foot moves away from the ground alternately. In the mobile suit 100, the power consumption when walking on two legs can be reduced compared to the prior art. When a large force is required, such as standing up or lifting a load, the mobile suit 100 exerts a force and the wearer 90 is not loaded.

 モビルスーツ100では、重心のバランスをとる機能を着用者90に任せている。そのため、着用者90が2足歩行できるようにモビルスーツ100の各部を制御するプログラムを、従来よりも容易に作成できる。 In the mobile suit 100, the function of balancing the center of gravity is left to the wearer 90. Therefore, a program for controlling each part of the mobile suit 100 can be created more easily than in the past so that the wearer 90 can walk on two legs.

 腕部8は、上下動だけをアクチュエータにより駆動するので、構造が簡単になる。なお、左右方向の回転および物体が落ちないように持つことは着用者90に任せられる。この場合に、左右方向には重力がかからないので、着用者90の負荷は軽い。なお、腕部の左右方向の回転をアクチュエータで駆動するようにしてもよい。非常に繊細な物体を持つ場合は、人の手を手部39の手の平側に置き、手部39により人の手を支持させることもできる。ロボットハンドである手部39を介して人の手の感覚で、ものを移動させたり、把持したりできる。腕部8だけをロボットアームとして使用することもできる。また、腕部は、上体部と、上体部からの荷重を支える腰部と、腰部の左右に直列に接続した大腿部、下腿部および足部をそれぞれ有する左右一対の脚部を有するモビルスーツに適用できる。 The arm 8 drives the vertical movement only by the actuator, so the structure is simplified. The left-right rotation and holding of the object so as not to fall are left to the wearer 90. In this case, the load on the wearer 90 is light because gravity does not apply in the left-right direction. The rotation of the arm in the left-right direction may be driven by an actuator. In the case of holding a very delicate object, the human hand can be placed on the palm side of the hand 39 and the hand 39 can support the human hand. Things can be moved or gripped with the sense of a human hand via the hand 39 which is a robot hand. Only the arm 8 can be used as a robot arm. In addition, the arm has an upper body, a waist supporting the load from the upper body, and a pair of left and right legs each having a thigh, a lower leg and a foot connected in series to the left and right of the waist Applicable to mobile suits.

 腕部8を上体部1の前面に設けるので、背部から腕部を出す場合よりも構造が簡単で軽量にできる。腕部8は、前面の最小限のスペースと重量でコンパクトな構成を有する。そのため、腕部8で物を持って移動することが可能である。前面に腕部を設けることは、背中に重い荷物を背負う場合にも、腕部の位置を変更することで前後方向のバランスをとることを容易にする。 Since the arms 8 are provided on the front of the upper body 1, the structure is simpler and lighter than when the arms are taken out from the back. The arm 8 has a compact construction with minimal space and weight on the front. Therefore, it is possible to move with the arm 8 with a thing. Providing an arm on the front makes it easy to balance in the front-rear direction by changing the position of the arm even when carrying a heavy load on the back.

 これに対して、肩越しに背後からアームハンドが伸びる従来の構成の場合は、必要とするスペースが大きくなり、重量が重くなり、駆動エネルギも多く必要である。実務に応用する際は、従来の構成は、スペースの観点から非常に使いづらいものである。従来の構成では、背中側に機器が集中しているため、前後のバランスが取りにくい構造である。 On the other hand, in the case of the conventional configuration in which the arm hand extends from behind behind the shoulder, the required space is increased, the weight is increased, and a large amount of driving energy is also required. In practical applications, the conventional configuration is very difficult to use from the point of view of space. In the conventional configuration, since the devices are concentrated on the back side, it is a structure in which it is difficult to balance the front and back.

 従来のモビルスーツでは、関節部にギアボックスとモータを配置する構成であるため、関節部が大きくなる。この発明に係るモビルスーツは、可変長リンクを有するアクチュエータにより骨格が接続する関節部を駆動する方式である。そのため、関節部がコンパクトになる。 In the conventional mobile suit, since the gear box and the motor are arranged at the joint, the joint becomes large. The mobile suit according to the present invention is a method of driving a joint portion to which a skeleton is connected by an actuator having a variable length link. Therefore, the joint becomes compact.

 人の筋肉が出す力を検知して人の力に応じた補助力を出すのではなく、モビルスーツの自重と荷物の重量をモビルスーツで受け持つようにしている。人に作用する荷重は前後移動時の反力のみである。腰から上のフレーム(上体部)は人に密着していない。上体部は、上体の重心が上体回転軸の上に存在するように自動で制御する。上体回転軸は、上体部が前後方向に回転する回転軸である。この機能の動作により、重量物の運搬時に着用者が重心のバランスをとる動作が容易になる。 Instead of detecting the power of human muscles and providing support power according to human power, the mobile suit handles the weight of its own weight and luggage in the mobile suit. The load acting on a person is only the reaction force when moving back and forth. The frame above the waist (upper body) is not in close contact with people. The upper body is automatically controlled such that the center of gravity of the upper body lies on the upper body rotation axis. The upper body rotation axis is a rotation axis on which the upper body portion rotates in the front-rear direction. The operation of this function facilitates the movement of the wearer to balance the center of gravity when carrying heavy goods.

 この発明に係るモビルスーツは、災害救助時や建設または土木の工事などで、重量物を人手により移動させる状況で有効に使用できる。負傷者の護送や機材の積み下ろし、設置作業など通常の人力以上の作業を長時間することも、モビルスーツにより可能である。また、原子力発電所など着用者を保護するための重量がある保護具を着用して作業することも、モビルスーツにより可能である。 The mobile suit according to the present invention can be effectively used in a situation where a heavy load is moved manually at the time of disaster relief, construction or civil engineering work, and the like. Mobile suits can also be used for a long time, such as escorting injured people, unloading equipment, setting work, etc., for more than usual human power. It is also possible for mobile suits to work with heavy protective equipment, such as nuclear power plants, to protect the wearer.

 モビルスーツを実用することで、重量物を扱う、同じ姿勢を長時間とるなど、人に負荷が大きい作業をする際に、人の負荷を軽減できる。例えば、大型構造物の組立作業、高齢化社会により必要性が増大している介護支援者の介護作業、筋力が十分でない高齢者の労働などに利用できると考えられる。
 以上のことは、他の実施の形態にもあてはまる。
By putting the mobile suit into practical use, it is possible to reduce the human load when carrying out work that places heavy load on the human body, such as handling heavy objects and taking the same posture for a long time. For example, it can be used for the assembly work of a large structure, the care work of a care support person whose necessity is increasing due to the aging society, the work of an elderly person with insufficient strength, and the like.
The above applies to the other embodiments.

 実施の形態2.
 実施の形態2は、着用者の動作を検出する機構を膝部にも設けるように実施の形態1を変更した場合である。図35は、この発明の実施の形態2に係るモビルスーツ100Aの前方から見た斜視図である。図36は、モビルスーツ100Aを人が着用した状態での前方から見た斜視図である。図37および図38は、モビルスーツ100Aの正面図および右側面図である。
Second Embodiment
The second embodiment is a case where the first embodiment is modified such that a mechanism for detecting the motion of the wearer is also provided to the knee. FIG. 35 is a front perspective view of a mobile suit 100A according to Embodiment 2 of the present invention. FIG. 36 is a front perspective view of the mobile suit 100A worn by a person. 37 and 38 are a front view and a right side view of the mobile suit 100A.

 モビルスーツ100Aが有する脚部7Aは、膝上パッド52および膝下パッド53を有する。膝上パッド52は、大腿骨フレーム25の膝付近の前方の決められた位置に存在するように設けられる。膝下パッド53は、下腿部5の膝付近前方の決められた位置に存在するように設けられる。膝上パッド52および膝下パッド53は、着用者90の脚が接触しているかどうかを検出する。 The leg 7A of the mobile suit 100A has the upper knee pad 52 and the lower knee pad 53. The upper knee pad 52 is provided to be present at a predetermined position in the front of the femoral frame 25 near the knee. The below-knee pad 53 is provided to be present at a predetermined position near the knee of the lower leg 5. The upper knee pad 52 and the lower knee pad 53 detect whether the leg of the wearer 90 is in contact.

 膝上パッド52は、膝関節接続ブロック28の前方に位置するように膝関節接続ブロック28に設けられている。膝上パッド52を大腿骨フレーム32に固定してもよい。左右一対の大腿骨部のそれぞれの前方の決められた位置に設けられ、着用者の脚が接触していることを検出する大腿動作検出センサである。 The upper knee pad 52 is provided on the knee joint connection block 28 so as to be located in front of the knee joint connection block 28. The knee pad 52 may be secured to the femoral frame 32. It is a thigh movement detection sensor which is provided at a predetermined position in front of each of the pair of left and right thighs and detects that the legs of the wearer are in contact.

 膝下パッド53は、下腿膝側ブロック30の前方に位置するように下腿膝側ブロック30に設けられている。膝下パッド53を下腿リンク31に固定してもよい。左右一対の下腿部のそれぞれの前方の決められた位置に設けられ、着用者の脚が接触していることを検出する下腿動作検出センサである。 The below knee pads 53 are provided on the lower knee block 30 so as to be located in front of the lower knee knee block 30. The below knee pad 53 may be fixed to the lower leg link 31. The lower leg motion detection sensor is provided at a predetermined position in front of each of the left and right lower leg portions and detects that the legs of the wearer are in contact with each other.

 動作を説明する。腰連結ベルト17により着用者90の体幹の移動に合わせて腰部3を移動させる動作は、実施の形態1の場合と同様である。また、腰応力センサ17Sによる上下方向の応力を検出しての動作も同様である。さらに、膝上パッド52が、着用者90の脚が接触していることを検知している場合は、電子制御部9の内部の制御回路は、大腿駆動リンク28Lが短くなるように電動発電機28Mを駆動する。制御回路は、大腿駆動リンク28Lの長さを変更する力を発生させる電動発電機28Mを駆動する大腿駆動リンク制御部である。 The operation will be described. The operation of moving the waist 3 according to the movement of the trunk of the wearer 90 by the waist connecting belt 17 is the same as that of the first embodiment. Further, the operation of detecting the vertical stress by the waist stress sensor 17S is also the same. Furthermore, when the knee pad 52 detects that the legs of the wearer 90 are in contact, the control circuit inside the electronic control unit 9 is a motor generator so that the thigh drive link 28L becomes short. Drives 28M. The control circuit is a thigh drive link control unit that drives the motor generator 28M that generates a force that changes the length of the thigh drive link 28L.

 膝下パッド53が、着用者90の脚が接触していることを検知している場合は、電子制御部9の内部の制御回路は、下腿駆動リンク33Lが短くなるように電動発電機33Mを駆動する。制御回路は、下腿駆動リンク33Lの長さを変更する力を発生させる電動発電機33Mを駆動する膝関節駆動リンク制御部である。 When the below-knee pad 53 detects that the legs of the wearer 90 are in contact, the control circuit inside the electronic control unit 9 drives the motor generator 33M so that the lower leg drive link 33L becomes short. Do. The control circuit is a knee joint drive link control unit that drives a motor generator 33M that generates a force that changes the length of the lower leg drive link 33L.

 足と腰に加えて、膝でも着用者の体の動きまたは姿勢を検出することで、着用者の動作をより正確に検出できる。そのため、モビルスーツ100Aは、着用者90の下半身の姿勢に対して、より整合した姿勢を取ることができる。その結果、着用者90がモビルスーツ100Aの姿勢または動きに対して感じる違和感を軽減できる。
 膝上パッド52と膝下パッド53のどちらかだけを備えるようにしてもよい。
By detecting the movement or posture of the wearer's body in addition to the legs and hips, the movement of the wearer can be detected more accurately. Therefore, the mobile suit 100A can take a posture more consistent with the posture of the lower body of the wearer 90. As a result, it is possible to reduce the discomfort that the wearer 90 feels to the posture or movement of the mobile suit 100A.
Only the upper knee pad 52 or the lower knee pad 53 may be provided.

 実施の形態3.
 実施の形態3は、着用者の臀部を載せることができる座席部をさらに備えるように実施の形態1を変更した場合である。座席部は、直立した状態よりも着用者の腰が低くなる姿勢で使用される。図39は、この発明の実施の形態3に係るモビルスーツ100Bを人が着用した状態での腰部付近を拡大した右側面図である。図40は、モビルスーツ100Bを人が着用した状態での腰部付近を拡大した背面図である。
Third Embodiment
The third embodiment is a case where the first embodiment is modified to further include a seat portion on which the buttocks of the wearer can be placed. The seat is used in a posture in which the waist of the wearer is lower than in the upright state. FIG. 39 is a right side view in which the vicinity of the waist is enlarged with a person wearing the mobile suit 100B according to Embodiment 3 of the present invention. FIG. 40 is an enlarged rear view of the vicinity of the waist with a person wearing the mobile suit 100B.

 モビルスーツ100Bが有する腰前面フレーム16Bには、布製の座席部54が設けられる。座席部54は、腰前面フレーム16Bの左右に最も幅が広い部分に、その両端が接続される。座席部54は、常時は腰前面フレーム16Aおよび腰後面フレーム15Aの内面側に存在する。必要な時に、着用者90が座席部54を引き出して使用する。その際には、脚部7が有するアクチュエータの可変長リンクの長さが変化しないようにロックさせる。脚部7の可変長リンクの長さが固定されると、腰部3および脚部7の姿勢も固定される。位置が決まった腰部3Bから吊るされた座席部54を有することで、着用者90は座席部54に腰掛けることができる。 A cloth seat portion 54 is provided on the waist front frame 16B of the mobile suit 100B. Both ends of the seat portion 54 are connected to the widest portions on the left and right of the waist front frame 16B. The seat 54 is always present on the inner side of the waist front frame 16A and the waist rear frame 15A. When necessary, the wearer 90 pulls out the seat 54 for use. At this time, the length of the variable length link of the actuator of the leg 7 is locked so as not to change. When the length of the variable length link of the leg 7 is fixed, the postures of the waist 3 and the leg 7 are also fixed. The wearer 90 can be seated on the seat portion 54 by having the seat portion 54 suspended from the fixed waist portion 3B.

 モビルスーツ100は、負荷荷重を着用者90には負担させない。逆に言うと、着用者90がその姿勢を保持することを支援する機能を、モビルスーツ100は有さない。モビルスーツ100Bが有する座席部54は、着用者90の臀部を下から支える。つまり、着用者90が、腰の位置を直立した姿勢よりも低くなる姿勢(いわゆる中腰の姿勢)を長時間とる必要がある場合に、着用者90は座席部54に腰を掛けることができる。モビルスーツ100Bは、中腰の姿勢をとる場合に、着用者90の負荷を低減できる。 The mobile suit 100 does not bear the load on the wearer 90. Conversely, the mobile suit 100 does not have the function of assisting the wearer 90 to hold its posture. The seat 54 of the mobile suit 100B supports the buttocks of the wearer 90 from below. That is, the wearer 90 can sit on the seat portion 54 when it is necessary to take a posture in which the position of the waist is lower than the posture in which the position of the waist is upright (a so-called mid-latitude posture) for a long time. The mobile suit 100B can reduce the load on the wearer 90 when taking a mid-latitude posture.

 座席部54は、少なくとも2箇所で腰部3Bから吊るされていればよい。また、座席部を樹脂または金属製として、両端を回転可能に腰部に接続してもよい。座席部54を使用しない時は、腰部の背中側に収納される。そのため、立ったり歩いたりする時に、座席部が邪魔になることはない。膝関節部の角度と連動して、2本の脚部の膝関節部の角度を検出して、自動で座席部を収納する機構を持たせてもよい。 The seat 54 may be suspended from the waist 3B at at least two locations. Also, the seat may be made of resin or metal, and both ends may be rotatably connected to the waist. When the seat portion 54 is not used, it is stored on the back side of the waist. Therefore, the seat does not get in the way when standing or walking. In conjunction with the angle of the knee joint, the angle of the knee joint of the two legs may be detected to have a mechanism for automatically storing the seat.

 実施の形態4.
 実施の形態4は、作業者への指示や、判断情報、手順指示など、多様な情報を着用者に伝達するために、モビルスーツの前方に透明スクリーンと、透明スクリーンに映像を投影する映写機を備えるように、実施の形態2を変更した場合である。図41、図42および図43は、実施の形態4に係るモビルスーツ100Cを人が着用した状態での正面図、右側面図および平面図である。
Fourth Embodiment
In the fourth embodiment, a projector for projecting an image on a transparent screen and a transparent screen in front of a mobile suit in order to transmit various information such as an instruction to a worker, judgment information, and a procedure instruction to a wearer This is the case where the second embodiment is modified to include. FIGS. 41, 42 and 43 are a front view, a right side view and a plan view of a mobile suit 100C according to the fourth embodiment in a state of being worn by a person.

 モビルスーツ100Cは、上体部1Cが有する上体フレーム10Cの前方の上部に透明スクリーン55を取り付けている。また、上体フレーム10Cの最上部付近に、透明スクリーン55に映像を投影するための映写機56を設けている。映写機56は2台として、立体映像が投射できるようにしている。映写機56を1台にしてもよい。投影される映像は着用者90が決めてもよいし、通信機能でモビルスーツ100Cが受信した情報を表示してもよい。 The mobile suit 100C has a transparent screen 55 attached to the upper front of the upper body frame 10C of the upper body 1C. In addition, a projector 56 for projecting an image on the transparent screen 55 is provided near the top of the upper body frame 10C. Two projectors 56 allow three-dimensional video to be projected. One projector 56 may be provided. The projected image may be determined by the wearer 90, or the communication function may display the information received by the mobile suit 100C.

 透明スクリーン55は、着用者90の正面に広い範囲で存在するように上体フレーム10Cに固定されている。そのため、着用者90は、両手が自由な状態で、必要な情報を見ることができる。透明スクリーン55は、視野が広いので、多くの情報を表示できる。作業者への指示や、判断情報、手順指示などを着用者90に伝えることができる。透明スクリーン55は透明なので、周囲の状況なども着用者90が見ることができる。透明スクリーン55を強化ガラスなどで製造することで、前方からの飛来物から着用者を保護するようにしてもよい。 The transparent screen 55 is fixed to the upper body frame 10C so as to be present in a wide range in front of the wearer 90. Therefore, the wearer 90 can view necessary information with both hands free. Since the transparent screen 55 has a wide field of view, it can display a lot of information. Instructions to the worker, judgment information, procedure instructions, etc. can be transmitted to the wearer 90. Since the transparent screen 55 is transparent, the wearer 90 can also see the surrounding conditions and the like. The transparent screen 55 may be made of tempered glass or the like to protect the wearer from flying objects from the front.

 実施の形態5.
 実施の形態5は、大腿駆動アクチュエータの替わりに、圧縮された気体が封入された2本のガススプリングを使用して股関節部の回りに大腿骨部を回転可能とするように実施の形態1を変更した場合である。図44は、この発明の実施の形態5に係るモビルスーツ100Dが有する圧縮ガスを利用した大腿駆動機構の構造を説明する右側面図である。図44は、ガススプリングが大腿骨フレームを回転させる力を発生しない場合である。図45は、モビルスーツ100Dが有する圧縮ガスを利用した大腿駆動機構が大腿部を上げる場合の動作を説明する図である。図46は、モビルスーツ100Dが有する圧縮ガスを利用した大腿駆動機構が大腿部を下げる場合の動作を説明する図である。
Embodiment 5
In the fifth embodiment, in place of the thigh drive actuator, the second embodiment is configured such that the femoral portion can be rotated around the hip using two gas springs in which the compressed gas is sealed. It is a case of changing. FIG. 44 is a right side view explaining a structure of a thigh driving mechanism using compressed gas possessed by mobile suit 100D according to the fifth embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 44 shows the case where the gas spring does not generate a force to rotate the femoral frame. FIG. 45 is a view for explaining an operation when the thigh driving mechanism using the compressed gas included in the mobile suit 100D raises the thigh. FIG. 46 is a view for explaining the operation in the case where the thigh driving mechanism using the compressed gas of the mobile suit 100D lowers the thigh.

 モビルスーツ100Dが有する大腿部4Dは、大腿駆動アクチュエータ28の替わりに2本の大腿駆動ガススプリング57、58を有する。前側の大腿駆動ガススプリング57の膝側の他端は、大腿側大腿駆動リンク取付部J25に回転可能に取り付けられる。後側の大腿駆動ガススプリング58の膝側の他端は、大腿側大腿駆動リンク取付部J26に回転可能に取り付けられる。大腿側大腿駆動リンク取付部J25、J26は、大腿骨フレーム25Dに設けられる。大腿駆動ガススプリング57、58の腰側の一端は、大腿駆動リンク連結部59により連結される。大腿駆動ガススプリング57、58と大腿駆動リンク連結部59は、大腿骨フレーム25Dよりも左右方向の外側に存在する。大腿駆動リンク連結部59の両端にはそれぞれ1個のガイド用突起59A、59B(点線で図示)が左右方向の内側に設けられる。ガイド用突起59A、59Bは、溝状のリンク端ガイドレール60の溝の中に入り、リンク端ガイドレール60に沿って移動できる。リンク端ガイドレール60は、大腿開閉脚フレーム22Dの左右方向の外側に設けられる。図を簡潔に表現するために、リンク端ガイドレール60は、2点鎖線の円弧で表現している。また、図では、リンク端ガイドレール60上での大腿駆動リンク連結部59の移動角度を実際よりも大きく描いている。 The thigh 4D of the mobile suit 100D has two thigh drive gas springs 57, 58 instead of the thigh drive actuator 28. The other knee-side end of the front thigh drive gas spring 57 is rotatably attached to the thigh femoral drive link attachment portion J25. The other knee-side end of the rear thigh driving gas spring 58 is rotatably attached to the thigh driving link attachment portion J26. The thigh side thigh drive link attachment parts J25, J26 are provided on the femoral frame 25D. One end on the lumbar side of the thigh drive gas spring 57, 58 is connected by the thigh drive link connection part 59. The thigh drive gas springs 57 and 58 and the thigh drive link connection part 59 exist outside the femoral frame 25D in the left-right direction. At both ends of the thigh drive link connection portion 59, one guide projection 59A, 59B (shown by a dotted line) is provided on the inner side in the left-right direction. The guide projections 59A, 59B enter the grooves of the grooved link end guide rails 60 and can move along the link end guide rails 60. The link end guide rail 60 is provided on the outer side in the left-right direction of the thigh opening and closing leg frame 22D. The link end guide rail 60 is represented by an arc of a two-dot chain line in order to express the figure briefly. Further, in the drawing, the moving angle of the thigh drive link connecting portion 59 on the link end guide rail 60 is drawn larger than the actual angle.

 大腿駆動ガススプリング57、58は、気体が圧縮して封入され、その長さが長くなろうとする力を発生させる大腿駆動リンクである。ガイド用突起59A、59Bは、大腿駆動ガススプリング57、58のそれぞれの一端が回転可能に取付けられる腰側大腿駆動リンク取付部である。大腿駆動ガススプリング57、58は、股関節部J6を中心に大腿骨フレーム25Dを回転させる。リンク端ガイドレール60は、大腿開閉脚フレーム22Dに設けられた、ガイド用突起59A、59Bが移動する大腿駆動リンク端ガイドレールである。大腿駆動リンク連結部59は、ガイド用突起59A、59Bの間隔を決められた間隔に固定する。 The thigh drive gas spring 57, 58 is a thigh drive link that generates a force to compress and seal the gas and increase its length. The guide projections 59A, 59B are waist-side thigh drive link attachment portions to which one end of each of the thigh drive gas springs 57, 58 is rotatably attached. The thigh driving gas springs 57, 58 rotate the femoral frame 25D about the hip joint J6. The link end guide rail 60 is a thigh drive link end guide rail provided on the thigh opening and closing leg frame 22D and on which the guide protrusions 59A and 59B move. The thigh drive link connection portion 59 fixes the guide protrusions 59A, 59B at a predetermined interval.

 図45に示すように、大腿駆動リンク連結部59およびガイド用突起59A、59Bが大腿骨フレーム25Dよりも後側にある場合は、大腿駆動ガススプリング57、58が伸びることで大腿骨フレーム25Dおよび股関節部J6を上に移動させることができる。大腿駆動リンク連結部59を下側に移動させることで、大腿駆動ガススプリング57、58に作用する反力の方向と、リンク端ガイドレール60の半径方向に股関節部J6から伸びる大腿骨フレーム25Dの方向とがずれる。この方向のずれが発生することで、大腿骨フレーム25Dに接線方向の力が働く。 As shown in FIG. 45, when the femoral drive link connection portion 59 and the guide protrusions 59A, 59B are on the rear side of the femoral frame 25D, the femoral drive gas springs 57, 58 are extended to thereby form the femoral frame 25D and The hip joint J6 can be moved upward. By moving the thigh drive link connecting portion 59 downward, the direction of the reaction force acting on the thigh drive gas springs 57, 58 and the femoral frame 25D extending from the hip portion J6 in the radial direction of the link end guide rail 60. The direction deviates. The occurrence of this deviation in direction causes a tangential force to act on the femoral frame 25D.

 図46に示すように、大腿駆動リンク連結部59およびガイド用突起59A、59Bが大腿骨フレーム25Dよりも前側にある場合は、大腿駆動ガススプリング57、58が伸びることで大腿骨フレーム25Dおよび股関節部J6を下に移動させることができる。このように、大腿駆動ガススプリング57、58の腰側のリンク端をレールに沿って移動させることで、伸びるガススプリングを使用して股関節部J6を両方向に回転させることができる。 As shown in FIG. 46, when the femoral drive link connection portion 59 and the guide projections 59A, 59B are on the front side of the femoral frame 25D, the femoral drive gas springs 57, 58 extend to thereby generate the femoral frame 25D and the hip joint. Part J6 can be moved down. In this manner, by moving the waist side link ends of the thigh driving gas springs 57, 58 along the rails, the hip joint portion J6 can be rotated in both directions using the extending gas spring.

 このように、ガススプリングを使用することで、予め封入した気体のエネルギを利用してモビルスーツの股関節部を駆動できる。肩関節部などの他の関節部でもガススプリングは使用できる。動作時に電力を使用しない駆動方法をパッシブな駆動方法と呼ぶ。ガススプリングを使用する駆動方法は、パッシブな駆動方法である。 Thus, by using the gas spring, it is possible to drive the hip of the mobile suit using the energy of the gas enclosed in advance. Gas springs can also be used in other joints, such as shoulder joints. A driving method that does not use power during operation is called a passive driving method. The driving method using a gas spring is a passive driving method.

 大腿駆動リンク連結部59は手動で移動させてもよいし、移動させる機構をモビルスーツが備えてもよい。大腿駆動ガススプリングは1本でもよい。2本にすることで、同じ力を発生させるためのリンク端ガイドレール60上での移動距離を、1本の場合よりも短くできる。 The thigh drive link connection 59 may be moved manually, or the mobile suit may be provided with a moving mechanism. The thigh drive gas spring may be one. By using two, the movement distance on the link end guide rail 60 for generating the same force can be made shorter than in the case of one.

 2本のガススプリングを使用する場合には、2本のガススプリングの方向を人力や体重移動で大腿骨フレームの方向と異ならせることで、伸展力のアンバランスが発生する。伸展力のアンバランスが脚軸回転力へと変換される。このアンバランスの発生方向を人が意識してコントロールするか、または、歩行時の移動で自然にコントロールさせることで、ガススプリングの脚軸の回転力向きをコントロールできる。つまり必要に応じて、アシスト力の発生タイミングをコントロールできる。これにより、電源を使わないパッシブな駆動方法で、着用者90の下半身の動作補助が可能である。 In the case of using two gas springs, an imbalance in extension force is generated by making the directions of the two gas springs different from the direction of the femoral frame by human power or weight transfer. Unbalance in extension force is converted to leg shaft torque. It is possible to control the direction of rotational force of the leg shaft of the gas spring by consciously controlling the direction of occurrence of this unbalance or naturally controlling it by movement during walking. That is, the generation timing of the assist force can be controlled as needed. Thereby, the motion assistance of the lower body of the wearer 90 is possible by the passive drive method which does not use a power supply.

 リンク端ガイドレール60は、大腿駆動リンク連結部59が移動する際の軌跡を決める。リンク端ガイドレール60を、ガススプリングの回転半径と同じ曲率でガイド用突起59が移動するように配置する。そうすることで、ガイド用突起59が移動する際の反力を、すべり反力、あるいは転がり反力として一定に抑えることが可能である。意識的に人力(手の前後移動)で、ガススプリングの位置変更を着用者90が楽にできるようになる。ガススプリングの位置変更によって、脚部の上下回転方向のアシスト力を、意識的に反転させることが可能である。 The link end guide rail 60 defines a trajectory when the thigh drive link connection portion 59 moves. The link end guide rail 60 is arranged so that the guide projection 59 moves with the same curvature as the radius of gyration of the gas spring. By doing so, it is possible to keep the reaction force at the time of the movement of the guide projection 59 constant as a sliding reaction force or a rolling reaction force. It is possible for the wearer 90 to be able to easily change the position of the gas spring by conscious human power (moving back and forth of the hand). By changing the position of the gas spring, it is possible to intentionally reverse the assist force in the vertical rotation direction of the leg.

 ガススプリングが発生する力を弱めたい時や強めたい時の操作が、着用者90により意識的に変更可能である。ガススプリングが発生する力を着用者90が変更可能であることは、一般に言われているモビルスーツの無負荷時の使いにくさを解消する一つの方法となる。 The operation when it is desired to weaken or strengthen the force generated by the gas spring can be consciously changed by the wearer 90. Being able to change the force generated by the gas spring by the wearer 90 is one way to eliminate the difficulty of using the mobile suit under no-load condition generally known.

 実施の形態6.
 実施の形態6は、油圧機構を利用したアクチュエータを使用するように実施の形態1を変更した場合である。モビルスーツ100Zは、油圧機構を使用したアクチュエータを有する。図47は、この発明の実施の形態6に係るモビルスーツで使用されるアクチュエータが有する可変長リンクの構造を説明する断面図である。
Sixth Embodiment
The sixth embodiment is the case where the first embodiment is modified to use an actuator utilizing a hydraulic mechanism. The mobile suit 100Z has an actuator using a hydraulic mechanism. FIG. 47 is a cross-sectional view for explaining the structure of a variable-length link provided in an actuator used in the mobile suit according to the sixth embodiment of the present invention.

 上体駆動リンク20LZを例にして、油圧機構を使用するアクチュエータの構造を説明する。アクチュエータ20Zは、可変長リンク20LZおよび電動機20Mを有する。可変長リンク20LZは、シリンダ20H、ピストン20J、配管20Kおよびポンプ20Nを有する。シリンダ20Hには、鉱物油などの液体が充填される。ピストン20Jは、シリンダ20Hの内部を第1の部屋20Pと第2の部屋20Qとに区分する。ピストン20Jが移動することで、第1の部屋20Pおよび第2の部屋20Qの容積が変化する。なお、第1の部屋20Pの容積と第2の部屋20Qの容積の合計は、一定である。配管20Kは、第1の部屋20Pと第2の部屋20Qとを結ぶ。配管20Kには、液体が充填される。ポンプ20Nは、配管20Kの途中に設けられる。ポンプ20Nは、電動機20Mにより駆動される。ポンプ20Nは、液体を第1の部屋20Pから第2の部屋20Qへ移動させることができ、液体を第2の部屋20Qから第1の部屋20Pへ移動させることができる。 The structure of an actuator using a hydraulic mechanism will be described by taking the upper body drive link 20LZ as an example. The actuator 20Z has a variable-length link 20LZ and a motor 20M. The variable-length link 20LZ includes a cylinder 20H, a piston 20J, a pipe 20K, and a pump 20N. The cylinder 20H is filled with a liquid such as mineral oil. The piston 20J divides the inside of the cylinder 20H into a first chamber 20P and a second chamber 20Q. As the piston 20J moves, the volumes of the first chamber 20P and the second chamber 20Q change. The sum of the volume of the first chamber 20P and the volume of the second chamber 20Q is constant. The pipe 20K connects the first chamber 20P and the second chamber 20Q. The pipe 20K is filled with a liquid. The pump 20N is provided in the middle of the pipe 20K. The pump 20N is driven by the motor 20M. The pump 20N can move the liquid from the first room 20P to the second room 20Q, and can move the liquid from the second room 20Q to the first room 20P.

 ピストン20Jの一端が胸側中央リンク取付部J5に取付けられえる。シリンダ20Hの一端が腰側中央リンク取付部J10に取付けられる。 One end of the piston 20J can be attached to the chest central link attachment portion J5. One end of the cylinder 20H is attached to the waist center link attachment portion J10.

 ポンプ20Nが、第1の部屋20Pから第2の部屋20Qへ液体を移動させると、ピストン20Jが胸側中央リンク取付部J5に近づく方向へ移動する。ポンプ20Nが、第2の部屋20Qから第1の部屋20Pへ液体を移動させると、ピストン20Jが胸側中央リンク取付部J5から遠ざかる方向へ移動する。第1の部屋20Pとの第2の部屋20Qとの間で液体が移動しなければ、ピストン20Jの位置は変化しない。このように、可変長リンク20LZの長さは変化可能であり、可動範囲内の任意の長さを維持できる。 When the pump 20N moves the liquid from the first chamber 20P to the second chamber 20Q, the piston 20J moves in a direction approaching the chest central link attachment portion J5. When the pump 20N moves the liquid from the second chamber 20Q to the first chamber 20P, the piston 20J moves away from the chest central link attachment portion J5. If the liquid does not move between the first chamber 20P and the second chamber 20Q, the position of the piston 20J does not change. Thus, the length of the variable-length link 20LZ can be changed, and an arbitrary length within the movable range can be maintained.

 電動機20Mがポンプ20Nを駆動することで、ねじ棒20Aなどを使用するスクリュー系のアクチュエータの替わりに油圧機構を使用するアクチュエータを使用できる。各駆動軸の制御も電気駆動モータの各軸回転制御と同じ手法で各リニアアクチュエータを制御することが可能であり、そのまま置き換えることができる。 When the motor 20M drives the pump 20N, an actuator using a hydraulic mechanism can be used instead of a screw-based actuator using a screw rod 20A or the like. The control of each drive shaft can also control each linear actuator in the same manner as the control of each shaft rotation of an electric drive motor, and can be replaced as it is.

 油圧機構では、スクリュー系のアクチュエータの場合に必要であった回転連結部品が不要になり、信頼性が向上する。油圧機構のアクチュエータで駆動させた場合の効果として、電気モータでスクリュー系を駆動するアクチュエータと比べてより大きな推力を発生させることが可能である。より大きな推力が出せることで、災害救助などに、モビルスーツをより使用しやすくなる。 In the hydraulic mechanism, the rotational connection parts that were necessary in the case of a screw-type actuator are not required, and the reliability is improved. As an effect when driven by an actuator of a hydraulic mechanism, it is possible to generate a larger thrust than an actuator that drives a screw system by an electric motor. The ability to deliver greater thrust makes it easier to use mobile suits for disaster relief.

 実施の形態7.
 実施の形態7は、膝関節駆動リンクの上側の接続先を大腿骨フレームではなく大腿開閉脚フレームに変更した場合である。図48から図54を参照して、この発明の実施の形態7に係るモビルスーツの構造を説明する。図48および図49は、モビルスーツ100Eの前方または後方から見た斜視図である。モビルスーツ100Eの正面図、右側面図、平面図および底面図を、それぞれ図50、図51、図52および図53に示す。図54は、モビルスーツの腰から下の右側面図である。モビルスーツ100Eが、実施の形態1のモビルスーツ100と異なる点を説明する。
Embodiment 7
The seventh embodiment is the case where the upper connection destination of the knee joint drive link is changed to the thigh opening-closing leg frame instead of the femoral frame. Seventh Embodiment A structure of a mobile suit according to a seventh embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. 48 and 49 are perspective views of the mobile suit 100E as viewed from the front or the rear. A front view, a right side view, a plan view and a bottom view of the mobile suit 100E are shown in FIGS. 50, 51, 52 and 53, respectively. FIG. 54 is a right side view below the waist of the mobile suit. The differences between the mobile suit 100E and the mobile suit 100 according to the first embodiment will be described.

 大腿部4Eが有する大腿骨フレーム25Eは、突起25Tを有しない。膝関節駆動アクチュエータ33Eが有する膝関節駆動リンク33LEの一端は、大腿開閉脚フレーム22Eに回転可能に取付けられる。大腿側膝関節駆動リンク取付部J27では、膝関節駆動リンク33LEの一端に設けられたヨークが大腿開閉脚フレーム22Eを挟む。ヨークおよび大腿開閉脚フレーム22Eに設けられた貫通穴に軸部材を通すことで、大腿側膝関節駆動リンク取付部J27は、膝関節駆動リンク33LEの一端を大腿開閉脚フレーム22Eに回転可能に取付ける。 The femoral frame 25E which the thigh 4E has does not have the protrusion 25T. One end of a knee joint drive link 33LE of the knee joint drive actuator 33E is rotatably attached to the thigh opening and closing leg frame 22E. In the thigh knee joint drive link attachment portion J27, a yoke provided at one end of the knee joint drive link 33LE sandwiches the thigh opening and closing leg frame 22E. By passing the shaft member through a through hole provided in the yoke and the thigh opening and closing leg frame 22E, the thigh knee joint drive link attachment portion J27 rotatably attaches one end of the knee joint driving link 33LE to the thigh opening and closing leg frame 22E .

 大腿駆動アクチュエータ28および膝関節駆動アクチュエータ33Eは、腰部3の側ではともに大腿開閉脚フレーム22Eに接続する。大腿駆動アクチュエータ28および膝関節駆動アクチュエータ33Eが、前後から挟むように大腿骨部に接続する。膝関節駆動アクチュエータ33Eは、下腿部5にも接続する。このようなリンク配置により、より人に近い形で脚部7Eの関節部を駆動する力を発生させことができる。モビルスーツ100Eのリンク配置は、高度な人の動きに近い動きで脚部7Eを駆動することが可能なリンク配置である。 The thigh drive actuator 28 and the knee joint drive actuator 33E are both connected to the thigh opening and closing leg frame 22E on the side of the waist 3. The thigh drive actuator 28 and the knee joint drive actuator 33E are connected to the femur so as to sandwich from the front and back. The knee joint drive actuator 33 E is also connected to the lower leg 5. By such a link arrangement, it is possible to generate a force for driving the joint of the leg 7E in a form closer to a person. The link arrangement of the mobile suit 100E is a link arrangement capable of driving the legs 7E with a motion close to that of a high-level person.

 図55により、大腿骨フレーム25Eの方向を変更するためのリンクの配置について説明する。図55は、モビルスーツの左の脚部での大腿骨部を動かすリンク配置を説明する模式図である。図55(A)が、基準状態でのリンク配置を模式的に表す右側面図である。図55(B)が、基準状態から大腿駆動リンク28Lを短くした状態でのリンク配置を模式的に表す右側面図である。図55(C)が、基準状態から大腿駆動リンク28Lを長くした状態でのリンク配置を模式的に表す右側面図である。膝関節駆動リンク33LEの長さは変化させないとする。図55(A)に示すように、大腿骨フレーム25Eが鉛直方向となす角度を変数θで表す。膝関節部J9で大腿骨部と下腿部5とがなす角度を変数φで表す。下腿部5が鉛直方向となす角度を変数ξで表す。θ+φ+ξ=180°の関係が常に成立する。 The arrangement of links for changing the direction of the femoral frame 25E will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 55 is a schematic diagram for explaining the link arrangement for moving the femur in the left leg of the mobile suit. FIG. 55 (A) is a right side view schematically showing the link arrangement in the reference state. FIG. 55 (B) is a right side view schematically showing a link arrangement in a state in which the thigh drive link 28L is shortened from the reference state. FIG. 55 (C) is a right side view schematically showing link arrangement in a state in which the thigh drive link 28L is elongated from the reference state. It is assumed that the length of the knee joint drive link 33LE is not changed. As shown in FIG. 55 (A), the angle that the femoral frame 25E makes with the vertical direction is represented by a variable θ. The angle between the thigh and lower leg 5 at the knee joint J9 is represented by a variable φ. The angle which the lower leg 5 makes with the vertical direction is represented by a variable ξ. The relationship of θ + φ + ξ = 180 ° always holds.

 図55(A)に示す基準状態では、θ=13°、φ=155°、ξ=12°である。図55(B)では、大腿駆動リンク28Lを短くしてθ=21°と股関節部J6の角度θを8°増加させる。φ=145°と膝関節部J9の角度φは10°減少する。その結果、下腿部5の角度ξ=14°になる。図55(C)では、大腿駆動リンク28Lを長くしてθ=5°と股関節部J6の角度θを8°減少させる。φ=160°と膝関節部J9の角度φは5°増加する。その結果、下腿部5の角度ξ=15°になる。大腿駆動リンク28Lだけを伸縮させることで、股関節部J6と膝関節部J9の両方の角度が変化する。大腿駆動リンク28Lだけを長くすると、股関節部J6の角度θが減少し、膝関節部J9の角度φは増加する。大腿駆動リンク28Lだけを短くすると、股関節部J6の角度θが増加し、膝関節部J9の角度φは減少する。なお、大腿駆動リンク28Lの長さの変化と、股関節部J6の角度θおよび膝関節部J9の角度φの変化の間の係数(感度)は、大腿駆動リンク28Lの長さにより変化する。大腿駆動リンク28Lの長さの変化に対する膝関節部J9の角度φの感度は、膝関節駆動リンク33LEの長さにも依存する。 In the reference state shown in FIG. 55 (A), θ = 13 °, φ = 155 °, and ξ = 12 °. In FIG. 55 (B), the thigh drive link 28L is shortened to increase the angle θ of θ = 21 ° and the hip portion J6 by 8 °. The angle φ of the knee joint J9 decreases by 10 ° with φ = 145 °. As a result, the angle ξ of the lower leg 5 is 14 °. In FIG. 55 (C), the thigh drive link 28L is elongated to reduce the angle θ of θ = 5 ° and the hip joint J6 by 8 °. The angle φ of the knee joint J9 increases by 5 ° with φ = 160 °. As a result, the angle ξ of the lower leg 5 is 15 °. By expanding and contracting only the thigh drive link 28L, the angles of both the hip joint J6 and the knee joint J9 change. If only the thigh drive link 28L is lengthened, the angle θ of the hip joint J6 decreases and the angle φ of the knee joint J9 increases. When only the thigh drive link 28L is shortened, the angle θ of the hip joint J6 increases and the angle φ of the knee joint J9 decreases. The coefficient (sensitivity) between the change in the length of the thigh drive link 28L and the change in the angle θ of the hip joint J6 and the angle φ of the knee joint J9 changes according to the length of the thigh drive link 28L. The sensitivity of the angle φ of the knee joint J9 to changes in the length of the thigh drive link 28L also depends on the length of the knee drive link 33LE.

 図56により、膝関節部J9の角度を変更するためのリンクの配置について説明する。図56は、モビルスーツの左の脚部での膝関節部を動かすリンク配置を説明する模式図である。図56(A)が、基準状態でのリンク配置を模式的に表す右側面図である。図56(A)と図55(A)で、各関節部の角度は同じである。図56(B)が、基準状態から膝関節駆動リンク33LEを短くした状態でのリンク配置を模式的に表す右側面図である。図56(C)が、基準状態から膝関節駆動リンク33LEを長くした状態でのリンク配置を模式的に表す右側面図である。大腿駆動リンク28L長さは変化させないとする。 The arrangement of the link for changing the angle of the knee joint J9 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 56 is a schematic diagram for explaining the link arrangement for moving the knee joint in the left leg of the mobile suit. FIG. 56 (A) is a right side view schematically showing the link arrangement in the reference state. In FIG. 56 (A) and FIG. 55 (A), the angle of each joint is the same. FIG. 56 (B) is a right side view schematically showing link arrangement in a state in which the knee joint drive link 33LE is shortened from the reference state. FIG. 56 (C) is a right side view schematically showing link arrangement in a state in which the knee joint drive link 33LE is elongated from the reference state. It is assumed that the length of the thigh drive link 28L is not changed.

 図56(B)では、膝関節駆動リンク33LEを短くしてφ=147°と膝関節部J9の角度φを8°減少させる。股関節部J6の角度θ=13°で変化しない。その結果、下腿部5の角度ξ=20°になる。図56(C)では、膝関節駆動リンク33LEを長くしてφ=163°と膝関節部J9の角度φを8°増加させる。股関節部J6の角度θ=13°で変化しない。その結果、下腿部5の角度ξ=4°になる。膝関節駆動リンク33LEだけを長くすると、膝関節部J9の角度φは増加する。膝関節駆動リンク33LEだけを短くすると、膝関節部J9の角度φは減少する。膝関節駆動リンク33LEの長さが変化しても、股関節部J6の角度θは変化しない。膝関節駆動リンク33LEの長さの変化に対する膝関節部J9の角度φの感度は、膝関節駆動リンク33LEの長さにより変化する。 In FIG. 56 (B), the knee joint drive link 33LE is shortened to decrease φ = 147 ° and the angle φ of the knee joint J9 by 8 °. It does not change at the angle θ = 13 ° of the hip joint J6. As a result, the angle ξ of the lower leg 5 is 20 °. In FIG. 56 (C), the knee joint drive link 33LE is elongated to increase φ = 163 ° and the angle φ of the knee joint J9 by 8 °. It does not change at the angle θ = 13 ° of the hip joint J6. As a result, the angle ξ = 4 ° of the lower leg 5 is obtained. When only the knee joint drive link 33LE is lengthened, the angle φ of the knee joint J9 increases. When only the knee joint drive link 33LE is shortened, the angle φ of the knee joint J9 decreases. Even if the length of the knee joint drive link 33LE changes, the angle θ of the hip joint J6 does not change. The sensitivity of the angle φ of the knee joint J9 to the change in the length of the knee joint drive link 33LE changes with the length of the knee joint drive link 33LE.

 モビルスーツ100では、膝関節部J6の角度を大きくする力は、膝関節駆動リンク33Lが長くなる場合だけ発生する。モビルスーツ100Eでは、膝関節部J6の角度を大きくする力は、膝関節駆動リンク33Lが長くなる場合に加えて、大腿駆動リンク28Lが長くなる場合にも働く。つまり、膝関節部J6の角度は、膝関節駆動リンク33Lおよび大腿駆動リンク28Lの長さで決まる。そのため、2足歩行の際に、膝関節部J9の角度を維持することが、モビルスーツ100Eの方が容易になる。 In the mobile suit 100, the force to increase the angle of the knee joint J6 is generated only when the knee joint drive link 33L is long. In the mobile suit 100E, the force to increase the angle of the knee joint J6 works also in the case where the thigh drive link 28L becomes long in addition to the case where the knee joint drive link 33L becomes long. That is, the angle of the knee joint J6 is determined by the lengths of the knee joint drive link 33L and the thigh drive link 28L. Therefore, it is easier for the mobile suit 100E to maintain the angle of the knee joint J9 during bipedal walking.

 本発明はその発明の精神の範囲内において各実施の形態の自由な組み合わせ、あるいは各実施の形態の変形や省略が可能である。 The present invention allows free combinations of the respective embodiments, or modifications or omissions of the respective embodiments within the scope of the spirit of the invention.

100、100A、100B、100C、100D、100E、100Z モビルスーツ(動作補助装置)、
90 着用者、
91、92 物体、
 1、1C 上体部、
 2 荷物積載部(物体保持部)、
 3、3B 腰部
 4、4A、4D、4E 大腿部、
 5、5A 下腿部、
 6 足部、
 6A 足本体部、
 6B 下腿接続突起、
 6C 足保持部、
 6D 反力センサ
 7、7A、7E 脚部、
 8 腕部、
 9 電子制御部、
10 上体フレーム、
11 背部連結フレーム、
12 胸側バンド、
13 積載部連結フレーム、
14 肩掛け金具、
15 腰背面フレーム、
16、16B 腰前面フレーム、
17 腰連結ベルト(着用者動作伝達部)、
17S 腰応力センサ、
18 上体接続突起、
19 背面中央突起部、
20 上体アクチュエータ、
20L、20LZ 上体駆動リンク、
20M 電動機(動力源)、
20A ねじ棒
20B ナット
20C 円筒
20D ナット位置固定部
20E ナット回転保持部
20F ナットギヤ
20G 駆動ギヤ
20H シリンダ
20J ピストン
20K 配管
20N ポンプ
20P 第1の部屋
20Q 第2の部屋
21 荷重センサ、
22、22D 大腿開閉脚フレーム(大腿開閉脚部)、
23 開閉脚バネ(腰部リンク)、
24 バネ取付用突起、
25、25D、25E 大腿骨フレーム(大腿骨部)、
25T 突起、
26 膝関節接続ブロック(大腿骨部)、
27 膝側大腿板(大腿骨部)、
28 大腿駆動アクチュエータ、
28L 大腿駆動リンク、
28M 電動発電機(動力源)、
28S 長さロック機構(股関節ロック部)
29 大腿膝側ヨーク、
30 下腿膝側ブロック、
31 下腿リンク、
32 下腿足首側ブロック、
33、33E 膝関節駆動アクチュエータ、
33L、33LE 膝関節駆動リンク、
33M 電動発電機(動力源)、
33S 長さロック機構(膝関節ロック部)
34 大腿側補助具
35 下腿側補助具
36 腕回転棒
36S 腕回転ロック部
37 上腕フレーム
38 前腕フレーム
39 手部
40 上腕接続突起
41 上腕駆動アクチュエータ
41L 上腕駆動リンク
41M 電動機(動力源)
41S 長さロック機構(上腕ロック部)
42 上腕駆動リンク接続突起
43 前腕駆動アクチュエータ
43L 前腕駆動リンク
43M 電動機(動力源)
43S 長さロック機構(前腕ロック部)
44 手首板部
44S 手首回転ロック部、
45 手部取付部
45A 取付板部
45B 掌板部接続板部
46 掌板部
47 第1指部(指部)
48 第2指部(指部)
49 第3指部(指部)
50 第4指部(指部)
51 対向可能指部(指部)
47A、48A、49A、50A、51A 第1指節部
47B、48B、49B、50B、51B 第2指節部
47C、48C、49C、50C、51C 第3指節部
47D、48D、49D、50D、51D 第1指関節部
47E、48E、49E、50E、51E 第2指関節部
47F、48F、49F、50F、51F 第3指関節部
47G、48G、49G、50G、51G 指元ヨーク部
47H、48H、49H、50H、51H 指部第1電動機
47J、48J、49J、50J、51J 第1ウォーム
47K、48K、49K、50K、51K 第1ウォームホイール
47L、48L、49L、50L、51L 指部第2電動機
47M、48M、49M、50M、51M 第2ウォーム
47N、48N、49N、50N、51N 第2ウォームホイール
47P、48P、49P、50P、51P 第3指節駆動歯車
51T 第1指節元部
51U 第1指節先部
52 膝上パッド(大腿動作検出センサ)
53 膝下パッド(下腿動作検出センサ)
54 座席部
55 透明スクリーン
56 映写機
57、58 大腿駆動ガススプリング(大腿駆動リンク)、
59 大腿駆動リンク連結部
59A、59B ガイド用突起
60 リンク端ガイドレール

J1 積載部接続部、
J2 上体腰接続部、
J3 上体側リンク取付部、
J4 腰側リンク取付部、
J5 開閉脚軸、
J6 股関節部、
J7 脚側バネ取付部、
J8 腰側バネ取付部
J9 膝関節部、
J10 腰側大腿駆動リンク取付部、
J11 大腿側大腿駆動リンク取付部、
J12 大腿側膝関節駆動リンク取付部
J13 膝関節駆動リンク補助具接続部
J14 大腿側補助具取付部
J15 下腿側補助具取付部、
J16 足首関節部、
J17 腕回転接続部
J18 肩関節部
J19 肘関節部
J20 手首関節部
J21 上腕側上腕駆動リンク取付部
J22 上体側上腕駆動リンク取付部
J23 上腕側前腕駆動リンク取付部
J24 前腕側前腕駆動リンク取付部
J25、J26 大腿側大腿駆動リンク取付部
J27 大腿側膝関節駆動リンク取付部
100, 100A, 100B, 100C, 100D, 100E, 100Z mobile suit (motion assistance device),
90 Wearers,
91, 92 objects,
1, 1 C upper body,
2 Baggage loading section (object holding section),
3, 3B waist 4, 4A, 4D, 4E thigh,
5, 5A lower thigh,
6 feet,
6A foot body,
6B lower thigh connection projection,
6C foot holding part,
6D reaction force sensor 7, 7A, 7E legs,
8 arms,
9 Electronic control unit,
10 upper body frame,
11 back connection frame,
12 chest bands,
13 Stacking unit connecting frame,
14 shoulder bracket,
15 waist back frame,
16, 16B waist front frame,
17 waist connection belt (wearer's movement transmission part),
17S waist stress sensor,
18 upper body connection projection,
19 back central projection,
20 upper body actuators,
20L, 20LZ upper body drive link,
20M motor (power source),
20A screw rod 20B nut 20C cylinder 20D nut position fixing portion 20E nut rotation holding portion 20F nut gear 20G drive gear 20H cylinder 20J piston 20K piping 20N pump 20P first chamber 20Q second chamber 21 load sensor,
22, 22D thigh opening and closing leg frame (thigh opening and closing leg),
23 Opening and closing leg spring (lumbar link),
24 spring mounting lugs,
25, 25D, 25E femoral frame (femoral part),
25T protrusion,
26 knee joint block (femoral),
27 Knee thigh plate (femoral),
28 thigh drive actuators,
28L thigh drive link,
28M motor generator (power source),
28S Length Locking Mechanism (Hip Lock)
29 thigh knee side yoke,
30 lower leg knee block,
31 lower leg link,
32 lower leg ankle block,
33, 33E Knee joint drive actuator,
33L, 33LE knee joint drive link,
33M motor generator (power source),
33S Length Locking Mechanism (Knee Joint Locking Part)
34 Thigh side auxiliary tool 35 Lower leg side auxiliary tool 36 Arm rotating rod 36S Arm rotation lock portion 37 Upper arm frame 38 Forearm frame 39 Hand portion 40 Upper arm connection projection 41 Upper arm drive actuator 41 L Upper arm drive link 41 M Electric motor (power source)
41S length lock mechanism (upper arm lock)
42 upper arm drive link connection projection 43 forearm drive actuator 43L forearm drive link 43M motor (power source)
43S length lock mechanism (forearm lock)
44 wrist plate 44S wrist rotation lock,
45 hand attachment portion 45A attachment plate portion 45B palm plate portion connection plate portion 46 palm plate portion 47 first finger portion (finger portion)
48 Second finger (finger)
49 3rd finger part (finger part)
50 fourth finger (finger)
51 Facable fingers (fingers)
47A, 48A, 49A, 50A, 51A first finger segment 47B, 48B, 49B, 50B, 51B second finger segment 47C, 48C, 49C, 50C, 51C third finger segment 47D, 48D, 49D, 50D, 51D first finger joint 47E, 48E, 49E, 50E, 51E second finger joint 47F, 48F, 49F, 50F, 51F third finger joint 47G, 48G, 49G, 50G, 51G finger base yoke portion 47H, 48H , 49H, 50H, 51H finger first electric motors 47J, 48J, 49J, 50J, 51J first worms 47K, 48K, 49K, 50K, 51K first worm wheels 47L, 48L, 49L, 50L, 51L finger second electric motors 47M, 48M, 49M, 50M, 51M second worm 47N, 48N, 49N, 50N, 51N second worm wheel Eale 47P, 48P, 49P, 50P, 51P Third finger segment drive gear 51T First finger segment base 51U First finger segment 52 Upper knee pad (femoral motion detection sensor)
53 below knee pad (lower leg motion detection sensor)
54 seat 55 transparent screen 56 projector 57, 58 thigh drive gas spring (thigh drive link),
59 Thigh drive link joint 59A, 59B Guide projection 60 Link end guide rail

J1 loading unit connection,
J2 upper body waist connection,
J3 Upper link attachment,
J4 waist link attachment,
J5 opening and closing leg shaft,
J6 hip,
J7 leg side spring mounting part,
J8 Lumbar spring attachment J9 Knee joint,
J10 Lumbar Thigh Drive Link Attachment,
J11 Femoral thigh drive link attachment,
J12 Femoral knee joint drive link attachment part J13 Knee joint drive link auxiliary tool connection part J14 Femoral auxiliary tool attachment part J15 Lower thigh side auxiliary tool attachment part
J16 ankle joint,
J17 Arm rotational connection J18 Shoulder joint J19 Elbow joint J20 Wrist joint J21 Upper arm side upper arm drive link attachment portion J22 Upper body side upper arm drive link attachment portion J23 Upper arm side forearm drive link attachment portion J24 Forearm side forearm drive link attachment portion J25 , J26 Thigh side thigh drive link attachment portion J27 Thigh side knee joint drive link attachment portion

Claims (22)

 物体を保持する物体保持部と、
 前記物体保持部からの荷重を支える上体部と、
 腰部基準面を有し、前記腰部基準面に平行な上体回転軸の回りに回転可能に前記上体部に接続し、前記上体部からの荷重を支える腰部と、
 着用者の体幹の移動に応じて前記腰部を移動させる着用者動作伝達部と、
 前記腰部基準面と交差する開閉脚軸の回りに回転可能に前記腰部の左右にそれぞれ接続する大腿開閉脚部と、
 前記大腿開閉脚部に一端が接続する大腿骨部と、
 前記大腿骨部と前記大腿開閉脚部とがなす角度を変更可能に前記大腿骨部の一端を前記大腿開閉脚部に接続する股関節部と、
 前記股関節部とは異なる位置で前記大腿開閉脚部に回転可能に一端が接続され、他端が前記大腿骨部に回転可能に接続される長さが変更可能な大腿駆動リンクと、
 前記大腿骨部の他端に一端が接続する下腿部と、
 前記下腿部と前記大腿骨部とがなす角度を変更可能に前記下腿部の一端を前記大腿骨部に接続する膝関節部と、
 一端が前記大腿骨部または前記大腿開閉脚部に回転可能に接続され、他端が前記下腿部に回転可能に接続される長さが変更可能な膝関節駆動リンクと、
 前記下腿部の他端に接続し、前記着用者の足とともに移動する足部と、
 前記下腿部の他端を前記足部に3回転自由度で回転可能に接続する足首関節部とを備え、
 前記着用者が前記着用者動作伝達部により前記腰部を移動させることで、着地している左右の前記足首関節部にかかる荷重の合計である負荷荷重の重心である負荷重心の位置を制御できる、
動作補助装置。
An object holding unit that holds an object;
An upper body portion for supporting a load from the object holding portion;
A waist portion having a waist reference surface, rotatably connected to the upper body portion around an upper body rotation axis parallel to the waist reference surface, and supporting a load from the upper body portion;
A wearer operation transmission unit that moves the lumbar region according to the movement of the wearer's trunk;
Thigh opening and closing legs connected to the left and right of the waist so as to be rotatable around the opening and closing leg axes intersecting the waist reference plane;
A femur which has one end connected to the thigh opening / closing leg;
A hip joint connecting one end of the thigh to the thigh opening and closing leg so as to change the angle between the thigh and the thigh opening and closing leg;
A femoral drive link whose length is changeable, one end of which is rotatably connected to the thigh opening / closing leg at a position different from the hip joint and whose other end is rotatably connected to the thigh.
A lower leg connected at one end to the other end of the femur;
A knee joint that connects one end of the lower leg to the thigh so as to change the angle between the lower leg and the thigh;
A knee joint drive link having a variable length, one end of which is rotatably connected to the femur or the thigh opening / closing leg and the other end of which is rotatably connected to the lower thigh.
A foot connected to the other end of the lower leg and moving with the foot of the wearer;
An ankle joint rotatably connecting the other end of the lower leg to the foot in three rotational degrees of freedom;
The position of the load center of gravity, which is the center of gravity of the applied load, which is the sum of the loads applied to the left and right ankle joints which are landed, can be controlled by moving the waist by the wearer movement transmitting unit.
Motion aid device.
 一端が前記上体部に回転可能に接続され、他端が前記腰部に回転可能に接続される長さが変更可能な上体駆動リンクと、前記上体駆動リンクの長さを変更する力を発生させる動力源とを有し、前記腰部が前記上体部から受ける荷重の重心である上体重心を通る鉛直な直線である上体重心線が前記上体回転軸から決められた距離以内の範囲を通るように前記上体駆動リンクの長さを変更する上体アクチュエータをさらに備えた、請求項1に記載の動作補助装置。 A length changeable upper body drive link, one end of which is rotatably connected to the upper body portion and the other end of which is rotatably connected to the waist portion, and a force for changing the length of the upper body drive link An upper body center of gravity, which is a vertical straight line passing through the upper body center of gravity where the waist is the center of gravity of the load received from the upper body portion, within a determined distance from the upper body rotation axis; The motion assist device according to claim 1, further comprising a body actuator that changes the length of the body drive link so as to pass through the range.  前記開閉脚軸が前記股関節部よりも後側に配置されており、
 左右のどちらかである一方の側である移動先側に前記着用者が前記着用者動作伝達部により前記腰部を移動させると、前記移動先側の前記足首関節部が前記負荷重心を通る鉛直な直線である負荷重心線に近づくように前記大腿開閉脚部、前記大腿骨部および前記下腿部が回転する、請求項1または請求項2に記載の動作補助装置。
The opening and closing leg shaft is disposed rearward of the hip joint,
When the wearer moves the waist portion to the destination side which is either the left side or the right side by the wearer motion transmitting unit, the ankle joint on the destination side is perpendicular to the load center of gravity. The motion assisting device according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the thigh opening / closing leg, the thigh, and the lower thigh rotate so as to approach a load gravity center line which is a straight line.
 前記膝関節駆動リンクの長さが変化することを防止するために前記膝関節駆動リンクに設けられた膝関節ロック部をさらに備えた請求項1から請求項3の何れか1項に記載の動作補助装置。 The operation according to any one of claims 1 to 3, further comprising a knee joint lock portion provided on the knee joint drive link to prevent the knee joint drive link from changing in length. Auxiliary equipment.  前記足部が受ける反力を検出する、前記足部に設けられた反力センサと、
 左右どちらか一方の前記反力センサが検出する反力が決められた閾値未満である場合に、他方の前記反力センサが設けられた前記足部の側の前記膝関節ロック部を動作させるロック制御部とをさらに備え、
 前記股関節部の回りに前記大腿骨部を前記大腿開閉脚部に対して回転させるトルクが決められた股回転トルク閾値以上である場合に前記大腿駆動リンクの長さが変更でき、
 前記膝関節ロック部が動作しておらず、前記膝関節部の回りに前記下腿部を前記大腿骨部に対して回転させるトルクが膝回転トルク閾値以上である場合に前記膝関節駆動リンクの長さを変更できる、請求項4に記載の動作補助装置。
A reaction force sensor provided on the foot for detecting a reaction force received by the foot;
A lock for operating the knee joint lock on the side of the foot on which the other reaction force sensor is provided when the reaction force detected by either the left or right reaction force sensor is less than the determined threshold value And a control unit,
The length of the femoral drive link can be changed if the torque to rotate the femoral portion relative to the femoral access leg about the hip is greater than or equal to a determined crotch rotational torque threshold.
The knee joint drive link in the case where the knee joint locking portion is not operating and the torque for rotating the lower leg relative to the thigh around the knee joint is equal to or greater than a knee rotation torque threshold. The motion assist device according to claim 4, wherein the length can be changed.
 前記大腿駆動リンクおよび前記膝関節駆動リンクのそれぞれが、
  外周に雄ねじが設けられたねじ棒と、
  前記ねじ棒に設けられた前記雄ねじとかみ合う雌ねじが内面に設けられた貫通穴を有する回転部材と、
  前記回転部材および前記ねじ棒を収容する筒とを有し、
  前記ねじ棒が回転すると、前記筒に収納されていない側の前記ねじ棒の端と、前記ねじ棒が挿入されない側の前記筒の端の距離が変化するものであり、
 電力が供給されて前記ねじ棒を回転させ、前記ねじ棒が回転すると電力を発生させる電動発電機と、
 前記電動発電機に供給する電力を貯蔵し、前記電動発電機が発電した電力を貯蔵する蓄電池とをさらに備えた、請求項5に記載の動作補助装置。
Each of the thigh drive link and the knee joint drive link
A threaded rod provided with an external thread on the outer periphery,
A rotating member having a through hole provided on its inner surface with an internal thread that engages with the external thread provided on the threaded rod;
And a cylinder accommodating the rotating member and the screw rod,
When the screw rod rotates, the distance between the end of the screw rod not accommodated in the cylinder and the end of the cylinder not inserted with the screw rod changes.
A motor generator that is supplied with electric power to rotate the screw rod and generates electric power when the screw rod rotates;
The operation assisting device according to claim 5, further comprising: a storage battery that stores electric power supplied to the motor generator and stores electric power generated by the motor generator.
 前記大腿駆動リンクおよび前記膝関節駆動リンクのそれぞれが、
  外周に雄ねじが設けられたねじ棒と、
  前記ねじ棒に設けられた前記雄ねじとかみ合う雌ねじが内面に設けられた貫通穴を有する回転部材と、
  前記回転部材および前記ねじ棒を収容する筒とを有し、
  前記ねじ棒が回転すると、前記筒に収納されていない側の前記ねじ棒の端と、前記ねじ棒が挿入されない側の前記筒の端の距離が変化するものであり、
 前記ねじ棒を回転させる動力源を有する、請求項1から請求項4の何れか1項に記載の動作補助装置。
Each of the thigh drive link and the knee joint drive link
A threaded rod provided with an external thread on the outer periphery,
A rotating member having a through hole provided on its inner surface with an internal thread that engages with the external thread provided on the threaded rod;
And a cylinder accommodating the rotating member and the screw rod,
When the screw rod rotates, the distance between the end of the screw rod not accommodated in the cylinder and the end of the cylinder not inserted with the screw rod changes.
The motion auxiliary device according to any one of claims 1 to 4, further comprising: a power source for rotating the screw rod.
 前記大腿駆動リンクおよび前記膝関節駆動リンクのそれぞれが、
  液体が充填されたシリンダと、
  前記シリンダの内部を第1の部屋と第2の部屋とに区分する移動可能なピストンと、
  前記第1の部屋と前記第2の部屋とを結ぶ前記液体が充填された配管と、
  前記配管の途中に設けられて、前記液体を前記第1の部屋から前記第2の部屋へ移動させることができ、かつ前記液体を前記第2の部屋から前記第1の部屋へ移動させることができるポンプとを有し、
 前記ポンプを駆動する動力源を有する、請求項1から請求項4の何れか1項に記載の動作補助装置。
Each of the thigh drive link and the knee joint drive link
A cylinder filled with liquid,
A movable piston that divides the interior of the cylinder into a first chamber and a second chamber;
Piping filled with the liquid that connects the first chamber and the second chamber;
Provided in the middle of the piping, the liquid can be moved from the first chamber to the second chamber, and the liquid can be moved from the second chamber to the first chamber Have a pump that can
The operation auxiliary device according to any one of claims 1 to 4, further comprising a power source for driving the pump.
 前記大腿骨部の前方の決められた位置に設けられ、前記着用者の脚が接触していることを検出する大腿動作検出センサと、
 前記大腿動作検出センサが前記着用者の脚が接触していることを検知している場合に、前記大腿駆動リンクが短くなるように前記動力源を駆動する大腿駆動リンク制御部とをさらに備えた、請求項7または請求項8に記載の動作補助装置。
A thigh movement detecting sensor provided at a predetermined position in front of the femur and detecting that the wearer's legs are in contact with each other;
And a thigh drive link control unit for driving the power source such that the thigh drive link is shortened when the thigh movement detection sensor detects that the wearer's leg is in contact. The movement assistance apparatus of Claim 7 or Claim 8.
 前記下腿部の前方の決められた位置に設けられ、前記着用者の脚が接触していることを検出する下腿動作検出センサと、
 前記下腿動作検出センサが前記着用者の脚が接触していることを検知している場合に、前記下腿駆動リンクが長くなるように前記動力源を駆動する下腿リンク制御部とをさらに備えた、請求項7から請求項9の何れか1項に記載の動作補助装置。
A lower leg motion detection sensor provided at a predetermined position in front of the lower leg and detecting that the wearer's leg is in contact with the lower leg;
The lower leg link control unit for driving the power source so as to lengthen the lower leg drive link when the lower leg motion detection sensor detects that the wearer's leg is in contact. The operation assisting device according to any one of claims 7 to 9.
 前記大腿開閉脚部に設けられた、前記腰側大腿駆動リンク取付部が移動する大腿駆動リンク端ガイドレールをさらに備え、
 前記大腿駆動リンクには気体が圧縮して封入され、前記大腿駆動リンクが長くなろうとする力を発生させる、請求項1から請求項3の何れか1項に記載の動作補助装置。
The thigh drive link end guide rail provided on the thigh opening / closing leg and on which the waist side thigh drive link attachment portion moves,
The motion assist device according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein gas is compressed and enclosed in the thigh drive link to generate a force that causes the thigh drive link to lengthen.
 前記大腿骨部に2本の前記大腿駆動リンクが取り付けられ、
 前記大腿開閉脚部に設けられた前記大腿駆動リンク端ガイドレールを2個の前記腰側大腿駆動リンク取付部が決められた間隔で移動する、請求項11に記載の動作補助装置。
Two of the femoral drive links are attached to the femoral portion,
The motion assisting device according to claim 11, wherein the thigh drive link end guide rail provided on the thigh opening / closing leg is moved at a predetermined interval between the two hip side thigh drive link attachment portions.
 一端が前記膝関節駆動リンクの他端に回転可能に取付けられる大腿側補助具と、
 前記大腿側補助具の他端が回転可能に取付けられる前記大腿骨部に設けられた大腿側補助具取付部と、
 一端が前記膝関節駆動リンクの他端に回転可能に取付けられる下腿側補助具と、
 前記下腿側補助具の他端が回転可能に取付けられる前記下腿部に設けられた下腿側補助具取付部とをさらに備えた、請求項1から請求項12の何れか1項に記載の動作補助装置。
A femoral side aid rotatably attached at one end to the other end of the knee joint drive link;
A femoral aid attachment portion provided on the femoral portion to which the other end of the femoral aid is rotatably attached;
A lower leg auxiliary member rotatably attached at one end to the other end of the knee joint drive link;
The operation according to any one of claims 1 to 12, further comprising: a lower leg side auxiliary tool attachment portion provided on the lower leg portion to which the other end of the lower leg side auxiliary tool is rotatably attached. Auxiliary equipment.
 前記大腿開閉脚部に設けられた脚側腰部リンク取付部に回転可能に一端が接続され、他端が前記腰部に設けられた腰側腰部リンク取付部に回転可能に接続され、長さが変更可能な腰部リンクとをさらに備えた請求項1から請求項13の何れか1項に記載の動作補助装置。 One end is rotatably connected to the leg-side waist link attachment portion provided on the thigh opening and closing leg portion, and the other end is rotatably connected to the waist-side waist link attachment portion provided on the waist portion, and the length is changed 14. A motion assistance device according to any of the preceding claims, further comprising a possible waist link.  前記腰部リンクがバネである、請求項14に記載の動作補助装置。 15. The motion assist device of claim 14, wherein the waist link is a spring.  前記上体部の前方に接続された左右一対の腕部をさらに備え、
 それぞれの前記腕部は、
  前記上体部に対して決められた角度を有する腕部回転軸の回りに回転可能に前記腕部を保持する前記上体部に設けられた腕部保持部と、
  前記腕部保持部に保持される棒状の部分を有する腕基部と、
  前記腕基部の上部に一端が接続される上腕部と、
  前記上腕部と前記腕基部とがなす角度を変更可能に前記上腕部の一端を前記腕基部に接続する肩関節部と、
  前記腕基部の前記肩関節部よりも下側の位置に一端が回転可能に接続し、他端が前記上腕部に接続する長さが変更可能な上腕駆動リンクと、
  前記上腕駆動リンクの長さが変化することを防止する上腕ロック部と、
  前記上腕部の他端に接続される前腕部と、
  前記前腕部と前記上腕部とがなす角度を変更可能に前記前腕部の一端を前記上腕部の他端に接続する肘関節部と、
  一端が前記上腕部に回転可能に接続し、他端が前記前腕部に接続する長さが変更可能な前腕駆動リンクと、
  前記前腕駆動リンクの長さが変化することを防止する前腕ロック部と、
  前記前腕部の他端に接続する手部と、
  前記前腕部に対して決められた角度を有する回転軸の回りに回転可能に前記手部を前記前腕部の他端に接続する手首関節部と、
  前記手首関節部が回転することを防止する手首ロック部とを有する、請求項1から請求項15の何れか1項に記載の動作補助装置。
It further comprises a pair of left and right arms connected to the front of the upper body,
Each said arm is
An arm holding portion provided on the upper body for holding the arm rotatably around an arm rotation axis having an angle determined with respect to the upper body;
An arm base having a rod-like portion held by the arm holding portion;
An upper arm connected at one end to an upper portion of the arm base;
A shoulder joint that connects one end of the upper arm to the arm base such that the angle between the upper arm and the arm base can be changed;
An upper arm drive link whose one end is rotatably connected at a position lower than the shoulder joint portion of the arm base and whose other end is connected to the upper arm portion;
An upper arm lock portion that prevents the length of the upper arm drive link from changing;
A forearm connected to the other end of the upper arm;
An elbow joint connecting one end of the forearm to the other end of the upper arm so as to change the angle formed by the forearm and the upper arm;
A variable length forearm drive link, one end rotatably connected to the upper arm and the other end connected to the forearm;
A forearm lock that prevents the length of the forearm drive link from changing;
A hand connected to the other end of the forearm;
A wrist joint that rotatably connects the hand to the other end of the forearm in a rotatable manner about a rotation axis having a fixed angle with respect to the forearm;
The movement assisting device according to any one of claims 1 to 15, further comprising: a wrist lock portion that prevents the wrist joint portion from rotating.
 上体部と、
 前記上体部の前方に接続された左右一対の腕部と、
 前記上体部からの荷重を支える腰部と、
 前記腰部の左右に直列に接続した大腿部、下腿部および足部をそれぞれ有する左右一対の脚部とを備え、
 それぞれの前記腕部は、
  前記上体部に対して決められた角度を有する腕部回転軸の回りに回転可能に前記腕部を保持する前記上体部に設けられた腕部保持部と、
  前記腕部保持部に保持される棒状の部分を有する腕基部と、
  前記腕基部の上部に一端が接続される上腕部と、
  前記上腕部と前記腕基部とがなす角度を変更可能に前記上腕部の一端を前記腕基部に接続する肩関節部と、
  前記腕基部の前記肩関節部よりも下側の位置に一端が回転可能に接続し、他端が前記上腕部に接続する長さが変更可能な上腕駆動リンクと、
  前記上腕駆動リンクの長さが変化することを防止する上腕ロック部と、
  前記上腕部の他端に接続される前腕部と、
  前記前腕部と前記上腕部とがなす角度を変更可能に前記前腕部の一端を前記上腕部の他端に接続する肘関節部と、
  一端が前記上腕部に回転可能に接続し、他端が前記前腕部に接続する長さが変更可能な前腕駆動リンクと、
  前記前腕駆動リンクの長さが変化することを防止する前腕ロック部と、
  前記前腕部の他端に接続する手部と、
  前記前腕部に対して決められた角度を有する回転軸の回りに回転可能に前記手部を前記前腕部の他端に接続する手首関節部と、
  前記手首関節部が回転することを防止する手首ロック部とを有する、動作補助装置。
Upper body,
A pair of left and right arms connected to the front of the upper body;
A waist supporting the load from the upper body;
A pair of left and right legs each having a thigh, a lower leg and a foot connected in series to the left and right of the waist,
Each said arm is
An arm holding portion provided on the upper body for holding the arm rotatably around an arm rotation axis having an angle determined with respect to the upper body;
An arm base having a rod-like portion held by the arm holding portion;
An upper arm connected at one end to an upper portion of the arm base;
A shoulder joint that connects one end of the upper arm to the arm base such that the angle between the upper arm and the arm base can be changed;
An upper arm drive link whose one end is rotatably connected at a position lower than the shoulder joint portion of the arm base and whose other end is connected to the upper arm portion;
An upper arm lock portion that prevents the length of the upper arm drive link from changing;
A forearm connected to the other end of the upper arm;
An elbow joint connecting one end of the forearm to the other end of the upper arm so as to change the angle formed by the forearm and the upper arm;
A variable length forearm drive link, one end rotatably connected to the upper arm and the other end connected to the forearm;
A forearm lock that prevents the length of the forearm drive link from changing;
A hand connected to the other end of the forearm;
A wrist joint that rotatably connects the hand to the other end of the forearm in a rotatable manner about a rotation axis having a fixed angle with respect to the forearm;
And a wrist lock unit configured to prevent the wrist joint unit from rotating.
 前記手部は、前記手首関節部に接続する掌板部と、前記掌板部に接続する少なくとも3本の指部とを有し、
 前記指部は、第1指節部と、前記掌板部と前記第1指節部とがなす角度を変更可能に前記第1指節部を前記掌板部に接続する第1指関節部と、前記第1指関節部が角度を変更することを防止する第1指関節ロック部を有する、請求項16または請求項17に記載の動作補助装置。
The hand includes a palm plate connected to the wrist joint and at least three fingers connected to the palm plate.
The first finger joint unit connects the first finger joint unit to the palm plate unit such that the finger unit can change an angle formed by the first finger unit, the palm plate unit and the first finger unit. The movement assisting device according to claim 16 or 17, further comprising: a first finger joint lock portion that prevents the first finger joint portion from changing an angle.
 それぞれの前記腕部は、前記上腕駆動リンクの長さを変更する力を発生させる上腕部動力源と、前記前腕駆動リンクの長さを変更する力を発生させる前腕部動力源とをさらに有する、請求項16から請求項18の何れか1項に記載の動作補助装置。 Each of the arms further includes an upper arm power source that generates a force that changes the length of the upper arm drive link, and a forearm power source that generates a force that changes the length of the forearm drive link. The movement assistance device according to any one of claims 16 to 18.  前記下腿部が、圧縮された気体が封入されており、伸びることができず、前記気体を圧縮する圧力よりも大きな圧力が加えられた場合に縮む2本のガススプリングを有して構成される、請求項1から請求項19の何れか1項に記載の動作補助装置。 The lower thigh portion is configured to have two gas springs which are sealed with compressed gas, can not extend, and contract when a pressure larger than the pressure for compressing the gas is applied. The motion assist device according to any one of claims 1 to 19.  前記腰部に少なくとも2箇所で吊るされて、前記着用者の臀部を下から支えることができる座席部をさらに備えた請求項1から請求項20の何れか1項に記載の動作補助装置。 The movement assistance device according to any one of claims 1 to 20, further comprising a seat that is suspended at at least two places on the waist and can support the buttocks of the wearer from below.  前記上体部の前方に設けられた透明スクリーンと、
 前記透明スクリーンに映像を投影する前記上体部の上部に設けられた映写機とをさらに備えた、請求項1から請求項21の何れか1項に記載の動作補助装置。
A transparent screen provided in front of the upper body;
The motion assistance device according to any one of claims 1 to 21, further comprising: a projector provided on an upper portion of the upper body portion that projects an image on the transparent screen.
PCT/JP2018/026744 2017-07-18 2018-07-17 Motion assisting device Ceased WO2019017343A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2019531040A JP6798618B2 (en) 2017-07-18 2018-07-17 Operation assist device

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2017-138733 2017-07-18
JP2017138733 2017-07-18

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2019017343A1 true WO2019017343A1 (en) 2019-01-24

Family

ID=65015770

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2018/026744 Ceased WO2019017343A1 (en) 2017-07-18 2018-07-17 Motion assisting device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
JP (1) JP6798618B2 (en)
WO (1) WO2019017343A1 (en)

Cited By (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN109806107A (en) * 2019-02-22 2019-05-28 广州哈罗博康复机器人生产有限公司 rehabilitation system
CN110695972A (en) * 2019-11-11 2020-01-17 山东森宇精工科技有限公司 Semi-squat type supporting device capable of being worn with user
CN110842892A (en) * 2019-10-29 2020-02-28 北京机械设备研究所 Hydraulic drive four-link upper limb assistance exoskeleton robot
CN112603612A (en) * 2020-12-25 2021-04-06 电子科技大学中山学院 Bionic lower limb
JP2021083759A (en) * 2019-11-28 2021-06-03 トヨタ自動車株式会社 Knee joint relief device
KR102279660B1 (en) * 2020-03-05 2021-07-20 임석민 Walking assistance apparatus for transport
CN113618718A (en) * 2021-09-22 2021-11-09 泰州学院 A wearable human walking aid
JPWO2021241614A1 (en) * 2020-05-29 2021-12-02
JP2022091459A (en) * 2020-12-09 2022-06-21 パナソニックホールディングス株式会社 Wearable robot
US11613386B1 (en) * 2022-03-30 2023-03-28 Jalal Bolouri Vertical landing apparatus and method
US12290940B1 (en) * 2022-11-18 2025-05-06 Agility Robotics, Inc. Torso protrusion for robotic manipulation of objects and related technology

Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5282460A (en) * 1992-01-06 1994-02-01 Joyce Ann Boldt Three axis mechanical joint for a power assist device
JP2010142351A (en) * 2008-12-17 2010-07-01 Honda Motor Co Ltd Walking assistance device and controller for the same
JP2013022091A (en) * 2011-07-15 2013-02-04 Univ Of Tsukuba Wearable motion assistance device
JP2013116319A (en) * 2011-11-02 2013-06-13 Panasonic Corp Motion assisting apparatus for lower limb
JP2015039414A (en) * 2013-08-20 2015-03-02 国立大学法人富山大学 Back muscle motion assisting device
JP2015188740A (en) * 2014-03-27 2015-11-02 財團法人工業技術研究院Industrial Technology Research Institute walking assist device
WO2016006432A1 (en) * 2014-07-10 2016-01-14 国立大学法人大阪大学 Leg phase transition timing determination method, leg phase transition timing determination device, walking assistance control method, and walking assistance device

Family Cites Families (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2012154580A1 (en) * 2011-05-06 2012-11-15 Equipois Inc. Exoskeleton arm interface

Patent Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5282460A (en) * 1992-01-06 1994-02-01 Joyce Ann Boldt Three axis mechanical joint for a power assist device
JP2010142351A (en) * 2008-12-17 2010-07-01 Honda Motor Co Ltd Walking assistance device and controller for the same
JP2013022091A (en) * 2011-07-15 2013-02-04 Univ Of Tsukuba Wearable motion assistance device
JP2013116319A (en) * 2011-11-02 2013-06-13 Panasonic Corp Motion assisting apparatus for lower limb
JP2015039414A (en) * 2013-08-20 2015-03-02 国立大学法人富山大学 Back muscle motion assisting device
JP2015188740A (en) * 2014-03-27 2015-11-02 財團法人工業技術研究院Industrial Technology Research Institute walking assist device
WO2016006432A1 (en) * 2014-07-10 2016-01-14 国立大学法人大阪大学 Leg phase transition timing determination method, leg phase transition timing determination device, walking assistance control method, and walking assistance device

Cited By (13)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN109806107A (en) * 2019-02-22 2019-05-28 广州哈罗博康复机器人生产有限公司 rehabilitation system
CN110842892A (en) * 2019-10-29 2020-02-28 北京机械设备研究所 Hydraulic drive four-link upper limb assistance exoskeleton robot
CN110695972A (en) * 2019-11-11 2020-01-17 山东森宇精工科技有限公司 Semi-squat type supporting device capable of being worn with user
JP7136069B2 (en) 2019-11-28 2022-09-13 トヨタ自動車株式会社 Knee joint load relief device
JP2021083759A (en) * 2019-11-28 2021-06-03 トヨタ自動車株式会社 Knee joint relief device
KR102279660B1 (en) * 2020-03-05 2021-07-20 임석민 Walking assistance apparatus for transport
JPWO2021241614A1 (en) * 2020-05-29 2021-12-02
JP7530815B2 (en) 2020-12-09 2024-08-08 パナソニックホールディングス株式会社 Wearable Robot
JP2022091459A (en) * 2020-12-09 2022-06-21 パナソニックホールディングス株式会社 Wearable robot
CN112603612A (en) * 2020-12-25 2021-04-06 电子科技大学中山学院 Bionic lower limb
CN113618718A (en) * 2021-09-22 2021-11-09 泰州学院 A wearable human walking aid
US11613386B1 (en) * 2022-03-30 2023-03-28 Jalal Bolouri Vertical landing apparatus and method
US12290940B1 (en) * 2022-11-18 2025-05-06 Agility Robotics, Inc. Torso protrusion for robotic manipulation of objects and related technology

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP6798618B2 (en) 2020-12-09
JPWO2019017343A1 (en) 2019-11-07

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6798618B2 (en) Operation assist device
CN105965483B (en) Lower limb assistance exoskeleton robot
CN103610568B (en) Human-simulated external skeleton robot assisting lower limbs
Walsh et al. Development of a lightweight, underactuated exoskeleton for load-carrying augmentation
US11806299B2 (en) Passive energy-storage exoskeleton for assisting elbow joint
AU2009282397B2 (en) Device and method for decreasing oxygen consumption of a person during steady walking by use of a load-carrying exoskeleton
US8900167B2 (en) Passive swing assist leg exoskeleton
Kim et al. Mechanical design of the Hanyang exoskeleton assistive robot (HEXAR)
CN110103207B (en) A flexible lower limb exoskeleton that assists walking
CN102256580A (en) Wearable material handling system
US20070225620A1 (en) Portable Arm Exoskeleton for Shoulder Rehabilitation
US11389947B2 (en) Semi-active rigid-flexible coupling exoskeleton based on single-loop bidirectional damping regulator
Tiseni et al. On the edge between soft and rigid: an assistive shoulder exoskeleton with hyper-redundant kinematics
JP6887570B2 (en) Exoskeleton structure
ES2955334T3 (en) Load compensation device, in particular gravitational loads, applicable to exoskeletons
CN115042162B (en) Active upper limb exoskeleton robot
CN105415353A (en) Upper limb structure for pneumatic power assisting device
Choo et al. Increasing payload capacity of wearable robots using linear actuators
CN112192549A (en) Enhanced lower limb exoskeleton robot system
CN112388617B (en) Lower limb exoskeleton robot
WO2022222505A1 (en) Exoskeleton robot ankle joint having dual flexible drive branch
CN214055256U (en) Enhanced lower limb exoskeleton robot system
Vibhute et al. Design, development and analysis of human exoskeleton for enhancing human capabilities
Jin et al. Design and preliminary evaluation of a lightweight, cable-driven hip exoskeleton for walking assistance
KR102686443B1 (en) Auxiliary Equipment For Worker

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 18835511

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2019531040

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 18835511

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1